Methods and compositions for interaction trap assays

ABSTRACT

The present invention provides methods and compositions for interaction trap assays for detecting protein-protein, protein-DNA, or protein-RNA interactions. The methods and compositions of the invention may also be used to identify agents which may agonize or antagonize a protein-protein, protein-DNA, or protein-RNA interaction. In certain embodiments, the interaction trap system of the invention is useful for screening libraries with greater than 10 7  members. In other embodiments, the interaction trap system of the invention is used in conjunction with flow cytometry. The invention further provides a means for simultaneously screening a target protein or nucleic acid sequence for the ability to interact with two or more test proteins or nucleic acids.

RELATED APPLICATIONS

[0001] This application claims the benefit of U.S. ProvisionalApplication No. 60/204,509, filed May 16, 2000, which is incorporatedherein in its entirety.

BACKGROUND OF THE INVENTION

[0002] Specific protein-DNA and protein-protein interactions arefundamental to most cellular functions. Protein-DNA interactions, forexample, form the basis of important mechanisms by which the cellactivates or represses gene expression and regulates DNA replication.Polypeptide interactions are involved in, inter alia, formation offunctional transcription complexes, repression of certain genes, signaltransduction pathways, cytoskeletal organization (e.g., microtubulepolymerization), polypeptide hormone receptor-ligand binding,organization of multi-subunit enzyme complexes, and the like.

[0003] Investigation of protein-DNA and protein-protein interactionsunder physiological conditions has been problematic. Considerable efforthas been made to identify proteins that bind to proteins of interest.Typically, these interactions have been detected by usingco-precipitation experiments in which an antibody to a known protein ismixed with a cell extract and used to precipitate the known protein andany proteins that are stably associated with it. This method has severaldisadvantages, such as: (1) it only detects proteins which areassociated in cell extract conditions rather than under physiological,intracellular conditions, (2) it only detects proteins which bind to theknown protein with sufficient strength and stability for efficientco-immunoprecipitation, (3) it may not be able to detect oligomers ofthe target, and (4) it fails to detect associated proteins which aredisplaced from the known protein upon antibody binding. Additionally,precipitation techniques at best provide a molecular weight as the mainidentifying characteristic. Similar difficulties exist in the analysisof physiologically relevant protein-DNA interactions. For these reasonsand others, improved methods for identifying proteins that interact witha known protein have been developed.

[0004] One approach to these problems has been to use a so-calledinteraction trap system or “ITS” (also referred to as the “two-hybridassay”) to identify polypeptide sequences which bind to a predeterminedpolypeptide sequence present in a fusion protein (Fields and Song (1989)Nature 340:245). This approach identifies protein-protein interactionsin vivo through reconstitution of a eukaryotic transcriptionalactivator. The system has also been adapted for studying protein-DNAinteractions.

[0005] The interaction trap systems of the prior art are based on thefinding that most eukaryotic transcription activators are modular. Brentand Ptashne showed that the activation domain of yeast GAL4, a yeasttranscription factor, could be fused to the DNA binding domain of E.coli LexA to create a functional transcription activator in yeast (Brentet al. (1985) Cell 43:729-736). There is evidence that transcription canbe activated through the use of two functional domains of atranscription factor: a domain that recognizes and binds to a specificsite on the DNA and a domain that is necessary for activation. Thetranscriptional activation domain is thought to function by contactingother proteins involved in transcription. The DNA-binding domain appearsto function to position the transcriptional activation domain on thetarget gene that is to be transcribed. These and similar experiments(Keegan et al. (1986) Science 231:699-704) formally define activationdomains as portions of proteins that activate transcription when broughtto DNA by DNA-binding domains. Moreover, it was discovered that the DNAbinding domain does not have to be physically on the same polypeptide asthe activation domain, so long as the two separate polypeptides interactwith one another. (Ma et al. (1988) Cell 55:443-446).

[0006] Fields and his coworkers made the seminal suggestion that proteininteractions could be detected if two potentially interacting proteinswere expressed as chimeras. In their suggestion, they devised a methodbased on the properties of the yeast Gal4 protein, which consists ofseparable domains responsible for DNA-binding and transcriptionalactivation. Polynucleotides encoding two hybrid proteins, one consistingof the yeast Gal4 DNA-binding domain fused to a polypeptide sequence ofa known protein and the other consisting of the Gal4 activation domainfused to a polypeptide sequence of a second protein, are constructed andintroduced into a yeast host cell. Intermolecular binding between thetwo fusion proteins reconstitutes the Gal4 DNA-binding domain with theGal4 activation domain, which leads to the transcriptional activation ofa reporter gene (e.g., lacZ, HIS3) which is operably linked to a Gal4binding site.

[0007] All yeast-based interaction trap systems in the art share commonelements (Chien et al. (1991) PNAS 88:9578-82; Durfee et al. (1993)Genes & Development 7:555-69; Gyuris et al. (1993) Cell 75:791-803; andVojtek et al. (1993) Cell 74:205-14). All use (1) a plasmid that directsthe synthesis of a “bait”: a known protein which is brought to DNA bybeing fused to a DNA binding domain, (2) one or more reporter genes(“reporters”) with upstream binding sites for the bait fusion, and (3) aplasmid that directs the synthesis of proteins fused to activationdomains and other useful moieties (“prey”). All current systems directthe synthesis of proteins that carry the activation domain at the aminoterminus of the fusion, facilitating the expression of open readingframes encoded by, for example, cDNAs.

[0008] Due to an upper limit on the transformation efficiency of yeastcells of ˜10⁶, the yeast-based one-hybrid and two-hybrid systems are notpractical for use in the analysis of libraries larger than 10⁷ in size.For the analysis of most cDNA libraries, the ability to cover libraries10⁶ to 10⁷ in size is adequate. However, there are a number ofsituations in which the inability to search a library larger than 10⁷ insize is problematic. One example is the challenge of searching librariescontaining randomized sequences. For example, a strategy for randomizingat just six different residues in a test polypeptide can produce alibrary of variants which exceeds the practical use of the yeastinteraction trap systems. To illustrate, if one employs a strategy using24 different codons (encoding 19 different amino acids) at each of thesix positions, the resulting library will have a potential DNA sequencespace of 24⁶ or ˜2×10⁸ and an amino acid sequence space of 19⁶ or˜5×10⁷. To ensure nearly complete coverage of such a library, one needsto oversample by a factor of at least three-fold (i.e.—one must sample3×2×10⁸ candidates). The difficulty with library size becomesexponentially more problematic with each additional residue that israndomized.

[0009] Another approach used to study protein-DNA and protein-proteininteractions is the method of phage display. In this system, proteinsare displayed on the surface of filamentous bacteriophage (e.g.—M13)that harbor the DNA encoding the displayed protein. Target proteins orDNA sequences of interest are immobilized on a solid support (typicallyplates or beads) and used to affinity-enrich libraries ofphage-displayed proteins for candidates that bind to the target. Becausethese phage libraries are constructed in E. coli, this system can createlibraries larger than 10⁷ (and as large as 10¹¹) in size. This methodhas been used successfully to identify and characterize both protein-DNAand protein-protein interactions. See, for example, Allen et al. (1995)Trends Biol. Sci. 20:511-516; Phizicky et al. (1995) Microbiol. Rev.59:94-123; Rebar et al. (1996) Mthds. Enzymol. 267:129-149; and Smith etal. (1997) Chem. Rev. 97:391-410. However, phage display does havecertain significant limitations. Unlike direct, single-step selectionmethods (e.g.—the yeast one- and two-hybrid systems), phage display isan enrichment process that requires multiple cycles to obtain desiredcandidates from a library. In addition, phage display enrichments areperformed in vitro (and not in vivo as in yeast one- and two-hybridmethods). Finally, because proteins must be exported to the bacterialcell membrane in order to be displayed on the phage surface, certainproteins (particularly larger ones) are not well suited for analysis byphage display. This last limitation can be particularly significant ifthis biological phenomenon artifactually removes certain candidates froma library.

[0010] More recently, a prokaryote-based interaction trap assay has beendeveloped. See, for example, U.S. Pat. No. 5,925,523. The prokaryoticITS derives in part from the unexpected finding that the naturalinteraction between a transcriptional activator and subunit(s) of an RNApolymerase complex can be replaced by a heterologous protein-proteininteraction which is capable of activating transcription. Becausebacteria (E. coli in particular) have a much higher relativetransformation efficiency (typically 10⁹ or greater) than yeast, thedescription of prokaryotic-based one- and two-hybrid systems wouldappear to address the library size restrictions of the yeast systems.However, although higher transformation efficiencies are possible in E.coli, a significant deficiency of the prior art is that it does not makeclear which, if any, reporter gene(s) have the characteristics requiredfor use in the analysis of libraries larger than 10⁷ in size. Desirablereporter genes should have one or more of the followingcharacteristics: 1) The reporter gene should readily facilitate therapid analysis of very large numbers of candidates. Thus, reporter genes(e.g.—the lacZ gene encoding beta-galactosidase) that must be screenedby a visual colony phenotype (e.g.—color) are not useful because no morethan 10³ to 10⁴ colonies can be screened on a single agar plate and itis not practical to manually plate and assess 10³ or more plates foreach experiment. 2) The reporter gene system must be sufficientlystringent or selective so that spurious, randomly arising backgroundmutations do not complicate the analysis. For example, a selection basedon expression of the spectinomycin resistance gene (aadA) would not besuitable for the analysis of large libraries because randomly occurringmutations that result in spectinomycin resistance arise at a frequencyof approximately 10⁻⁴ to 10⁻⁵ (Sera and Schultz, PNAS, 93:2920-2925(1996); Huang et al., PNAS, 91:3969-3973 (1994)). Thus, if one were toexamine a library of 10⁸ members using the aada system, one shouldexpect to receive 10⁵ or more false positives due solely to spontaneousspectinomycin resistance. This can pose a significant problemparticularly if true positives occur with low frequency in the 10⁸member library. 3) Expression of the reporter gene should bequantifiable and should easily facilitate the selection of candidatesbased on any specific criteria. For example, an ideal reporter systemwould allow one to isolate library members that meet specificquantitative cutoffs (e.g. expression of reporter >50 or <50) and/orwindows (e.g. expression of reporter >25 AND <75, or <25 OR >75).

[0011] There are at least two additional deficiencies in the prior artdescribing the prokaryotic ITS:

[0012] A) The ability to simultaneously monitor the expression ofmultiple reporter genes in a single cell. U.S. Pat. Nos. 5,925,523 and5,580,736 and others (PCT applications WO 99/14319; WO 99/28745; WO99/31509 and WO 99/28744; and Grossle et al., Nature Biotechnology17:1232-1233 (1999) have noted the usefulness of having the interactionbetween the bait and prey constructs activate more than one reportergene in a single cell to reduce the occurrence of false positives.Additionally, Grossle et al., Nature Biotechnology 17:1232-1233 (1999)and Serebriiskii et al., J. Biol Chem. 274:17,080-17,087 (1999)demonstrate a “dual bait” version of the yeast two hybrid system capableof monitoring the interaction of two different bait proteins with asingle prey protein. This system can be used to screen for cells whichhave a desired combination of interactions between a sinlge prey proteinand two bait proteins by utilizing a combination of growth selectionscreens and visual lacZ screens. However, in contrast to the presentinvention, those references do not teach or suggest simultaneous andindependent monitoring of the expression of multiple reporter genes in asingle cell where the expression of each reporter gene is regulated bythe interaction of a single protein of interest with different partners.For example, one may wish to select a protein (from a large library)that interacts with Target Protein A but does NOT interact with TargetProtein B. In this case, if the system was set up such that binding ofthe interactor protein with Target Protein A increased the expression ofReporter Gene A and the binding of the interactor protein with TargetProtein A increased the expression of Reporter Gene B, we would want toselect those cells that had very high expression of Reporter Gene A ANDvery low expression of Reporter Gene B. Selections of this type (basedon the strengths of multiple interactions) would also be especiallyuseful for selecting very specific DNA-binding proteins that bind wellto the desired target site but do NOT bind well to even closely relatedsites. We note that U.S. Pat. No. 5,925,523 does not teach how one couldeasily monitor multiple reporters in a single cell and that, to ourknowledge, no reference describes how to simultaneously monitor thedifferential expression of multiple reporters in a single cell.

[0013] B) Methods for practicing library vs library screening. With thewealth of genomic information currently becoming available, a number ofgroups have begun to address the challenges in library vs. libraryscreening of large collections of coding sequences. Ideally, a methodfor performing such a comprehensive library vs. library searchshould: 1) provide an efficient method for crossing two large librariesand 2) be amenable to partial or complete automation. The use oftransformation as a method to effect the simultaneous (or sequential)introduction of two libraries into either yeast or bacterial cells failsto meet either of these criteria. Even in bacteria where very hightransformation efficiencies are possible, examination of 10⁹combinations would only allow one to examine two libraries eachcomprised of only 33,000 candidates. In addition, since transformationrequires pre-treatment of cells (e.g.—washing and resuspension indivalent cation solutions) and multiple protocol steps (e.g.—heat shock,addition of medium, recovery), it is not easily adaptable forautomation. For library vs. library experiments conducted in yeast,investigators have exploited the fact that yeast can exist as one of twosexes (a and α) in haploid form. Mating of a and α cells leads to theformation of a diploid a/α cell harboring the DNA from both the startinghaploid cells. Thus, a cells harboring a library of prey hybrids can beeasily mated with a cells harboring a test bait hybrid(s) simply bymixing the cells together and selecting for diploid cells. In this way,a large number of combinations can be simply and rapidly tested,bypassing the need for labor-intensive transformation experiments whencrossing the libraries. See Uetz et al. (2000) Nature 403:623-627 andWalhout et al. (2000) Science 287:116-122. Prokaryotes (and E. coli inparticular) replicate asexually, and U.S. Pat. No. 5,925,523 and theexisting literature do not teach how to perform analogous library matingexperiments in the prokaryotic ITS.

[0014] It is an object of the present invention to describe thefollowing improvements to the ITS: 1) reporter genes (and methods fordetecting their expression) that readily permit the analysis of largelibraries (>10⁷ in size) and whose selectivity can be easily “tuned,”modified, and/or monitored, 2) methods for the simultaneous andindependent measurement of multiple interactions (as judged byexpression of different reporter genes), and 3) construction oflibraries using a phagemid-based system that provides a) an efficient,automatable method for performing library vs. library experiments and b)a method to simplify the analysis of positive candidates from ANYscreen/selection performed in the prokaryotic ITS.

SUMMARY OF THE INVENTION

[0015] The present invention relates to methods and reagents foridentifying, analyzing, modifying, and/or optimizing the affinity and/orspecificity of protein-DNA and protein-protein interactions(collectively, “interacting pairs”) in cell-based systems.

[0016] In certain aspects, the subject invention provides an interactiontrap assay for selecting interacting pairs from large libraries ofpotential interactors, e.g., greater than 10⁷ in size (diversity) andmore preferably greater than 10⁸, 10⁹, 10¹⁰, or 10¹¹ in size. In oneembodiment, we have discovered that the use of reporter genes whichconfer selective growth traits, rather than reporters which encodephotometrically active labels or otherwise require visual inspection fordetection, allows the use of libraries large enough to significantlyimprove the chance of finding interacting partners, i.e., from librariesin the range of 10⁷-10¹¹ members. In other embodiments, the use of flowcytometry for quantitating reporter gene expression permits thescreening of large libraries, i.e., in the range of 10⁷ to 10¹¹ membersand allows one to simultaneously and independently assess in a singlecell the affinity and/or specificity of any given interaction beingtested. When designing or optimizing interactions, additional roundsof 1) mutatgenesis, and 2) selection or sorting can be used to furtheroptimize interactions.

[0017] In certain preferred embodiments, the subject method is used toidentify or optimize protein-DNA interactions. For example, the subjectmethod can be used to identify mutant or composite DNA binding domainshaving desired sequence binding preferences. It can also be used toidentify DNA sequences which are selectively bound by a given DNAbinding protein and/or to determine the sequence specificity of a DNAbinding protein. In some cases, the method may allow simultaneousvariation of both 1) the target site and 2) the binding protein to findpairs that work well together.

[0018] For example, the method can be used to identify protein-DNAinteractions by providing a host cell which contains a reporter geneencoding a growth selective marker, operably linked to a target DNAsequence. The cell is also engineered to include a first chimeric genewhich encodes a first fusion protein including (a) a first interactingdomain, and (b) a test DNA binding domain. The cell also expresses asecond chimeric gene encoding a second fusion protein including (a) asecond interacting domain that binds to the first interacting domain,and (b) an activation tag (such as a polymerase interaction domain)which activates transcription of the selective marker gene whenlocalized in the vicinity of the target DNA sequence. One or both of thetest DNA binding domains and/or the target DNA sequence are provided inthe host cell populations as variegated libraries (with respect tosequence) to yield a library complexity of at least 10⁷ members. Cellsin which interaction of a test DNA binding domain and a target DNAsequence occur can be selected and/or amplified based on the resultingfavorable growth trait conferred by the growth selective marker.

[0019] For example, certain embodiments relate to a method for detectingan interaction between a first test polypeptide and a second testpolypeptide. The method comprises a step of providing an interactiontrap system including a host cell which contains one or more reportergenes operably linked to transcriptional regulatory sequences whichinclude one or more binding sites (“DBD recognition element”) for aDNA-binding domain. The reporter encodes a growth selection marker(defined infra). The cell is engineered to include a first chimeric genewhich encodes a first fusion protein (the “bait” protein), the firstfusion protein including a DNA-binding domain and first testpolypeptide. The cell also includes a second chimeric gene which encodesa second fusion protein (the “prey” protein) including an activation tag(such as a polymerase interaction domain (PID) in the prokaryoticembodiments) which activates transcription of the reporter gene whenlocalized to the vicinity of the DBD recognition element. Interaction ofthe first fusion protein and second fusion protein in the host cellresults in a growth advantage which permits the isolation of cellsincluding the interacting pair. Either or both of the first and secondtest polypeptides can be provided as part of a variegated library ofcoding sequences.

[0020] In other embodiments, the subject method can be used to detectthe interactions between a potential DNA binding domain and a nucleicacid. The format described above for detecting protein-proteininteractions can be readily modified as follows: the first and secondtest polypeptide portions of the bait and prey proteins are chosen fromknown interacting pairs, and one or both of the DNA binding domains andDBD recognition element(s) are provided as part of a variegated libraryof coding sequences or potential recognition sequences. Thus the systemcan be used to obtain: 1) DNA binding domains that recognize a desiredtarget site; 2) functional binding sites for a given DNA-binding domain;or 3) sets of functionally interacting proteins and target sites.Alternatively, when analyzing protein-DNA interactions, the DNA bindingdomain can be fused directly to the activation tag, e.g., to consolidatethe bait and prey protein functions of DNA interaction andtranscriptional activation, into a single protein. In a preferredembodiment, the reporter gene is selected on the basis of its ability toprovide a strigency to the detection/isolation step which reduces theoccurrence rate of breakthrough false positives to less than 1:10⁷, andeven more preferably less than 1:10⁸, 1:10⁹ or even 1:10¹⁰

[0021] Another aspect of the present invention provides methods andreagents for practicing various forms of interaction trap assays usingflow cytometry, preferably as a high throughput means (supra), fordetecting and isolating genes encoding interacting proteins or desiredDNA binding domains. The subject “flow ITS” can be used, for example, toscreen libraries of potential protein-protein or protein-nucleic acidinteractions.

[0022] For example, certain embodiments relate to a method for detectinginteraction between a first test polypeptide and a second testpolypeptide. The method comprises a step of providing an interactiontrap system including a host cell which contains one or more reportergenes operably linked to transcriptional regulatory sequences whichinclude one or more binding sites (“DBD recognition element”) for aDNA-binding domain. The reporter encodes a FACS tag polypeptide (definedinfra). The cell is engineered to include a first chimeric gene whichencodes a first fusion protein (the “bait” protein), the first fusionprotein including a DNA-binding domain and first test polypeptide. Thecell also includes a second chimeric gene which encodes a second fusionprotein (the “prey” protein) including an activation tag (such as apolymerase interaction domain (PID) in the prokaryotic embodiments)which activates transcription of the reporter gene when localized to thevicinity of the DBD recognition element. Interaction of the first fusionprotein and second fusion protein in the host cell results in measurablygreater expression of the FACS tag polypeptide. Either or both of thefirst and second test polypeptides can be provided as part of avariegated library of coding sequences. Accordingly, the method alsoincludes the steps of isolating cells expressing the FACS tagpolypeptide by fluorescence activated cell sorting techniques.

[0023] In certain embodiments, the present invention provides a kit fordetecting interaction between a first test polypeptide and a second testpolypeptide, or between a DNA binding domain and a DBD recognitionsequence.

[0024] In one version of this embodiment, the kit can include a firstvector for encoding a first fusion protein (“bait fusion protein”),which vector comprises a first gene including (1) transcriptional andtranslational elements which direct expression in a host cell, (2) a DNAsequence that encodes a DNA-binding domain and which is functionallyassociated with the transcriptional and translational elements of thefirst gene, and (3) a means for inserting a DNA sequence encoding afirst test polypeptide into the first vector in such a manner that thefirst test polypeptide is capable of being expressed in-frame as part ofa bait fusion protein containing the DNA binding domain. The kit willalso include a second vector for encoding a second fusion protein (“preyfusion protein”), which comprises a second gene including (1)transcriptional and translational elements which direct expression in ahost cell, (2) a DNA sequence that encodes an activation tag, such as apolymerase interaction domain (PID), the activation tag DNA sequencebeing functionally associated with the transcriptional and translationalelements of the second gene, and (3) a means for inserting a DNAsequence encoding the second test polypeptide into the second vector insuch a manner that the second test polypeptide is capable of beingexpressed in-frame as part of a prey fusion protein containing thepolymerase interaction domain. Additionally, the kit will include aprokaryotic host cell containing a reporter gene having a binding site(“DBD recognition element”) for the DNA-binding domain, wherein thereporter gene expresses a FACS tag polypeptide or a growth selectionmarker (as defined herein) when a prey fusion protein interacts with abait fusion protein bound to the DBD recognition element.

[0025] In another version, the kit can include a first vector forencoding the bait fusion protein, wherein the bait fusion gene includes(1) transcriptional and translational elements which direct expressionin a host cell, (2) a DNA sequence that encodes a polypeptide (an“interacting domain”) having a known interacting partner, and (3) ameans for inserting a DNA sequence encoding a potential DNA-bindingdomain into the first vector in such a manner that the potentialDNA-binding domain is expressed in-frame as part of a bait fusionprotein containing the interacting domain. In certain embodiments, thekit will also include a second vector for encoding the prey fusionprotein, which comprises a second gene including (1) transcriptional andtranslational elements which direct expression in a host cell, (2) a DNAsequence that encodes an activation tag, and (3) a coding sequence for apolypeptide which binds the interacting domain of the bait protein.However, in other embodiments (as when studying protein-DNAinteractions), the interacting domain of the bait protein can be theactivation tag, e.g., avoiding the need to generate the prey protein.Additionally, the kit will include a prokaryotic host cell containingone or more reporter genes having binding sites (“DBD recognitionelements”) for which binding or selectivity in binding by the potentialDNA-binding domain of the bait protein is sought. The host cellpopulation, in certain instances, can provide a library of reporter geneconstructs wherein the DBD recognition element of a reporter gene isvariegated to produce a library of potential recognition elementsagainst which the bait protein binding is to be assessed. At least oneof the reporter genes expresses a FACS tag polypeptide or a growthselection marker (as defined herein) when a prey fusion proteininteracts with a bait fusion protein bound to the DBD recognitionelement.

[0026] In certain embodiments, the subject flow ITS can be carried outusing a host engineered with two or more different reporter genesconstructs encoding different FACS tag polypeptides which can beindependently and simultaneously measured. In certain preferredembodiments, the transcriptional regulatory elements, and specificallythe DBD recognition elements, of at least two of the reporter geneconstructs are different. In such embodiments, DNA binding domains canbe identified which selectively bind only a subset of the DBDrecognition elements of the reporter gene constructs. The variousreporter gene constructs can be provided on the same or separatevectors. The simultaneous expression of the various reporter genes(whether provided on the same or separate plasmids) provides a means fordistinguishing actual interaction of the bait and prey proteins from,e.g., mutations or other spurious activation of the reporter gene, aswell as to examine the specificity of interaction between theinteracting pair. In certain embodiments in which the subject flow-ITSis being used to identify a DNA binding domain (as described in furtherdetail below), multiple reporter gene constructs can be used in order topermit isolation of domains with selective binding activity. Forexample, the ITS host cell can include one or more reporter genes havingtranscriptional regulatory sequences for which a DNA binding domain issought. At the same time, the cells can also include one or morereporter genes, encoding different FACS markers than above (see below),under the control of transcriptional regulatory sequences for which theDBD being sought does not bind to or activate expression. Thus, cellsharboring desired candidates can be sorted on the basis of differentialexpression of the multiple classes of reporter genes. Differentialprotein-protein interactions could also be distinguished in this wayif: 1) the DNA-binding domain of one fusion directs it to a particularpromoter, and 2) the DNA-binding domain of the second fusion directs itto another promoter, but 3) these two proteins have different versionsof the “interacting partner” and one wishes to 4) isolate proteins thatrecognize one interacting partner preferable to another. Similar methodscould be used for cell-based selections in yeast cells and mammaliancells.

[0027] The interaction trap assays of the present invention can be used,inter alia, for identifying protein-protein and/or protein-DNAinteractions, e.g., for generating protein linkage maps, for identifyingtherapeutic targets, and/or for general cloning strategies.

[0028] The ability to test very large libraries using one or more of theselection/screening methods described in this application permits notonly the analysis of large scale library-versus-single bait or DNAtarget sequence experiments, but also large-scale library-versus-libraryexperiments. Another aspect of the present invention describes a methodfor constructing protein-encoding libraries that can be introduced intobacterial cells without the need for transformation. Members of thislibrary can then be “rescued” from bacterial cells without the need toperform labor-intensive plasmid extraction, then introduced intobacterial cells again without the need for transformation. This methodis particularly useful for library vs. library screening/selectionexperiments, for directed or continuous evolution strategies, for serialselection protocols designed to reduce background false positives, andfor automating the processing and re-testing of positive candidates froma screen/selection.

[0029] In still other embodiments, the ITS can be designed for theisolation of genes encoding proteins which physically interact with aprotein/drug or DNA/drug complex. The method relies on detecting thereconstitution of a transcriptional activator in the presence of thedrug, such as rapamycin, FK506 or cyclosporin. In the protein-proteinformat, if the bait and prey fusion proteins are able to interact in adrug-dependent manner, the interaction may be detected by reporter geneexpression. In the DNA-protein format, if the bait and DBD recognitionsequence of the reporter gene are able to interact in a drug-dependentmanner, the interaction may be detected by reporter gene expression.

[0030] Yet another aspect of the present invention relates to the use ofthe subject ITS formats in the development of assays which can be usedto screen for drugs which are either agonists or antagonists of aprotein-protein or protein-DNA interaction of therapeutic consequence.In a general sense, the assay evaluates the ability of a compound tomodulate binding between a bait protein and either a prey protein or aDBD recognition sequence, as the case may be. Exemplary compounds whichcan be screened include peptides, nucleic acids, carbohydrates, smallorganic molecules, and natural product extract libraries, such asisolated from animals, plants, fungus and/or microbes. The method mayalso be used to screen for compounds that regulate folding, processing,or activation of relevant proteins (e.g. by regulating phosphorylation,ubiquitination, proteolytic processing or other post-translationalmodification).

[0031] In many drug screening programs which test libraries of compoundsand natural extracts, high throughput assays are desirable in order tomaximize the number of compounds surveyed in a given period of time. Thesubject ITS-derived screening assays can be carried out in such aformat, and accordingly may be used as a “primary” screen. Accordingly,in an exemplary screening assay of the present invention, an ITS isgenerated to include specific bait and prey pairs or bait and DBDrecognition element pairs known to interact, and compound(s) ofinterest. Detection and quantification of reporter gene expressionprovides a means for determining a compound's efficacy at inhibiting (orpotentiating) interaction between the interacting pairs. In certainembodiments, the approximate efficacy of the compound can be assessed bygenerating dose response curves from reporter gene expression dataobtained using various concentrations of the test compound.

[0032] In order to make the cells permeable to certain small moleculecompounds, it may be necessary alter the medium in which cells grow orto introduce mutations that affect the permeability of the cell membrane(see, for example, Vaara (1992) Microbiol. Rev. 56:395-411; Sampson etal. (1989) Genetics 122:491-501). For example, Vaara describes the useof various polycations and chelators for increasing the outer membranepermeability of gram negative bacteria. Sampson et al. describes theconstruction of an increased membrane permeability (imp) strain of E.coli which contains a mutation causing increased permeability of theouter membrane.

[0033] Particular aspects and embodiments of the invention are describedin more detail below.

[0034] In a first aspect, the invention features a method for selectingan interacting pair of test polypeptides, comprising:

[0035] i providing a population of prokaryotic host cells wherein eachhost cell contains

[0036] (a) a first reporter gene operably linked to a transcriptionalregulatory sequence which includes one or more binding sites (DBDrecognition elements) for a DNA-binding domain,

[0037] (b) a first chimeric gene which encodes a first fusion protein,the first fusion protein including a DNA-binding domain and a first testpolypeptide,

[0038] (c) a second chimeric gene which encodes a second fusion protein,the second fusion protein including an activation tag and second testpolypeptide,

[0039] wherein the first fusion protein is part of a library of at least10⁷ members, the second fusion protein is part of a library of at least10⁷ members, or the first and second fusion proteins are both members ofa library such that at least 10⁷ unique pairs of test polypeptides couldbe tested for interaction;

[0040] wherein interaction of a first fusion protein and a second fusionprotein in a host cell results in a desired level of expression of thereporter gene;

[0041] wherein the desired level of expression of the reporter geneconfers a growth advantage on the host cell; and

[0042] ii isolating host cells with a growth advantage wherein saidcells comprise a first fusion protein and a second fusion protein whichinteract thereby selecting an interacting pair of test polypeptides.

[0043] In certain embodiments, the method further comprises the step ofidentifying nucleic acids which encode test polypeptides which cause thedesired level of expression of the reporter gene.

[0044] In other embodiments, selective growth conditions are applied tothe host cells.

[0045] In various embodiments, the desired level of expression of thereporter gene may be an increase, a decrease, or no change in the levelof expression of the reporter gene as compared to the basal expressionlevel of the reporter gene.

[0046] In other embodiments, the transcriptional regulatory sequenceincludes at least two, at least three, at least four, or at least fivebinding sites for a DNA-binding domain.

[0047] In various embodiments, the reporter gene encodes a gene productthat gives rise to a detectable signal selected from the groupconsisting of cell viability, relief of a cell nutritional requirement,cell growth and drug resistance.

[0048] In another embodiment, the degree of the growth advantageconferred by the desired level of expression of the reporter gene iscontrollable by varying the growth conditions of the host cell. In firstparticular embodiment, the reporter gene is the yeast His3 gene and thedegree of the growth advantage is controllable by exposing the host cellto varying concentrations of 3-aminotriazole. In a second particularembodiment, the reporter gene is a β-lactamase gene and the degree ofthe growth advantage is controllable by exposing the host cell to aβ-lactam antibiotic or to a β-lactam antibiotic and a β-lactamaseinhibitor. Examples of β-lactamase genes which may be used in accordwith the invention include TEM- 1, TEM-2, OXA-1, OXA-2, OXA-3, SHV-1,PSE-1, PSE-2, PSE-3, PSE4 and CTX-1, and functional fragments thereof.Examples of β-lactam antibiotics which may be used in accord with theinvention include penicillins, cephalosporins, monbactams andcarbapenems. Examples of β-lactamase inhibitors which may be used inaccord with the invention include Clavulanic acid, sulbactam,tazobactam, brobactam and β-lactamase inhibitory protein (BLIP). Theβ-lactam antibiotics and β-lactamase inhibitors are generally added tothe growth medium of the host cells, however, in the case of BLIP, theinhibitory protein may be expressed within the cell in addition to beingadded to the growth medium.

[0049] In certain embodiments, the activation tag is an RNA polymerase,an RNA polymerase subunit, a functional fragment of an RNA polymerase,or a functional fragment of an RNA polymerase subunit. In otherembodiments, the activation tag is a polypeptide, a nucleic acid, or asmall molecule, and wherein the activation tag binds RNA polymerase, anRNA polymerase subunit, a functional fragment of an RNA polymerase, or afunctional fragment of an RNA polymerase subunit. In still otherembodiments, the activation tag interacts indirectly with RNA polymerasevia at least one intermediary polypeptide, nucleic acid, or smallmolecule, which binds to the activation tag and to RNA polymerase. In aparticular embodiment, the activation tag is a fragment of Gal 11P, andwherein the activation tag interacts with a fusion between Gal4 and theα subunit of RNA polymerase.

[0050] In a further embodiment, the prokaryotic host cell furthercontains a second reporter gene such that interaction of a first fusionprotein and a second fusion protein in a host cell results in a desiredlevel of expression of the second reporter gene. The desired level ofexpression of the second reporter gene may be an increase, decrease, orno change in the level of expression of the second reporter gene ascompared to the basal transcription level of the second reporter gene.

[0051] In certain embodiments, host cells are isolated wherein thedesired level of expression of the first and second reporter genes is anincrease in the expression level of the reporter genes as compared tothe basal expression level of the reporter genes. In another embodiment,host cells are isolated wherein the desired level of expression of thefirst reporter gene is an increase in the expression level of the firstreporter gene as compared to the basal transcription level of the firstreporter gene, and the desired level of expression of the secondreporter gene is a smaller increase in the expression level of thesecond reporter gene as compared to the basal transcription level of thesecond reporter gene relative to the increase in expression of the firstreporter gene. In additional embodiments, host cells may be isolatedbased on a decrease in the level of expression of one of the reportergenes as compared to the basal transcription level of the reporter gene.

[0052] In another embodiment, the first and second reporter genes areoperably linked to the same transcriptional regulatory sequence.Alternatively, the first and second reporter genes may be operablylinked to separate copies of the same transcriptional regulatorysequence. Further, the first and second reporter genes may be operablylinked to different transcriptional regulatory sequences.

[0053] In various embodiments, the second reporter gene encodes a geneproduct that gives rise to a detectable signal selected from the groupconsisting of color, fluorescence, luminescence, a cell surface tag,cell viability, relief of a cell nutritional requirement, cell growthand drug resistance.

[0054] In another embodiment, the second reporter gene confers a growthadvantage under selective conditions different from the conditions usedfor the first reporter gene.

[0055] In various embodiments, the host cells containing a first andsecond fusion protein capable of interacting are isolated by:

[0056] i selecting a first population of host cells with a desiredexpression level of the first reporter gene followed by selecting asecond population of host cells from the first population of host cellsbased on a desired expression level of the second reporter gene;

[0057] ii selecting a first population of host cells with a desiredexpression level of the second reporter gene followed by selecting asecond population of host cells from the first population of host cellsbased on a desired expression level of the first reporter gene; or

[0058] iii selecting a population of host cells based on simultaneousselection of desired expression levels of the first and second reportergenes.

[0059] In a particular embodiment, the second reporter gene is the lacZgene.

[0060] In another embodiment, the second reporter gene encodes afluorescent protein. Examples of fluorescent proteins which may be usedin accord with the invention include green fluorescent protein (GFP),enhanced green fluorescent protein (EGFP), Renilla Reniformis greenfluorescent protein, GFPmut2, GFPuv4, enhanced yellow fluorescentprotein (EYFP), enhanced cyan fluorescent protein (ECFP), enhanced bluefluorescent protein (EBFP), citrine and red fluorescent protein fromdiscosoma (dsRED).

[0061] In a further embodiment, the second reporter gene encodes aprotein which is expressed on the surface of the host cell.

[0062] In certain embodiments wherein the second reporter gene encodes aprotein expressed on the surface of the host cell, the method mayfurther comprising the steps of:

[0063] iii contacting the host cell with a fluorescently labeledantibody specific for the protein encoded by the second reporter genethereby labeling the host cell; and

[0064] iv isolating the cells expressing the second reporter gene usingFACS analysis;

[0065] wherein steps iii and iv may occur before, after, or concurrentlywith step ii.

[0066] In other embodiments wherein the second reporter gene encodes aprotein expressed on the surface of the host cell, the method mayfurther comprising the steps of:

[0067] iii isolating host cells expressing the protein encoded by thesecond reporter gene using affinity chromatography (e.g., using a solidsupport, magnetic particles, etc.),

[0068] wherein isolation of the host cells based on expression of thesecond reporter gene may occur before or after isolation of the hostcells based on a desired level of expression of the first reporter gene.

[0069] In various particular embodiments, the first reporter gene isselected from the group consisting of the yeast His3 gene andβ-lactamase gene and the second reporter gene is selected from the groupconsisting of the lacZ gene, a fluorescent protein, a protein which isexpressed on the surface of the host cell and the bacterial aada gene.

[0070] In one embodiment, the first and second fusion proteins areexpressed from the same nucleic acid construct. In another embodiment,the first and second fusion proteins are expressed from separate nucleicacid constructs.

[0071] In a further embodiment, the expression level of the first,second, or first and second fusion proteins can be controlled by varyingthe growth conditions of the host cell. For example, in a particularembodiment, the expression level of the first and second fusion proteinscan be controlled by varying the concentration of IPTG,anhydrotetracycline, or IPTG and anhydrotetracycline to which the hostcell is exposed. In another embodiment, the first, second, or first andsecond fusion proteins are expressed from a promoter comprising abinding site for the lac repressor or the tet repressor. In certainembodiments, the expression level of the first and second fusion proteincan be independently controlled.

[0072] In one embodiment, the first fusion protein is part of a libraryof at least 10⁸ members, the second fusion protein is part of a libraryof at least 10⁸ members, or the first and second fusion proteins areboth members of a library such that at least 10⁸ unique pairs of testpolypeptides could be tested for interaction.

[0073] In another embodiment, the first fusion protein is part of alibrary of at least 10⁹ members, the second fusion protein is part of alibrary of at least 10⁹ members, or the first and second fusion proteinsare both members of a library such that at least 10⁹ unique pairs oftest polypeptides could be tested for interaction.

[0074] In yet another embodiment, the first fusion protein is part of alibrary of at least 10¹⁰ members, the second fusion protein is part of alibrary of at least 10¹⁰ members, or the first and second fusionproteins are both members of a library such that at least 10¹⁰ uniquepairs of test polypeptides could be tested for interaction.

[0075] In a further embodiment, the first fusion protein is part of alibrary of at least 10¹¹ members, the second fusion protein is part of alibrary of at least 10¹¹ members, or the first and second fusionproteins are both members of a library such that at least 10¹¹ uniquepairs of test polypeptides could be tested for interaction.

[0076] In certain embodiments, the prokaryotic host cell is selectedfrom the group consisting of bacterial strains of Escherichia, Bacillus,Streptomyces, Pseudomonas, Salmonella, Serratia, Streptococcus,Lactobacillus, Enterococcus and shigella.

[0077] In another embodiment, the reporter gene construct and/or thechimeric gene constructs may contained within a vector for introductioninto the host cell. In particular embodiments, the vector may be aplasmid or a phagemid. Phagemid vectors are generally used in conductionwith a host cell that expresses a functional F pilus. Particularexamples of phagemids which may be used in accord with the inventioninclude pBluescriptIISK+ or pBR-GP-Z12BbsI, or derivatives or precursorsthereof. When a phagemid vector is being utilized, the phagemid may beintroduced into the host cell by infection of the host cell withinfectious phage containing the phagemid vector in combination with ahelper filamentous phage. Examples of helper filamentous phage which maybe used in accord with the invention include M13K07, VCS-M13, M13, andf1, and derivatives thereof.

[0078] In another aspect, the invention features a method foridentifying agents which modulate a protein-protein interaction,comprising:

[0079] i providing a population of prokaryotic host cells wherein eachhost cell contains

[0080] (a) a first reporter gene operably linked to a transcriptionalregulatory sequence which includes one or more binding sites (DBDrecognition elements) for a DNA-binding domain,

[0081] (b) a first chimeric gene which encodes a first fusion protein,the first fusion protein including a DNA-binding domain and a first testpolypeptide,

[0082] (c) a second chimeric gene which encodes a second fusion protein,the second fusion protein including an activation tag and second testpolypeptide,

[0083] wherein the prokaryotic host cell is an imp⁻ or gram positivestrain of bacteria;

[0084] wherein interaction of a first fusion protein and a second fusionprotein in a host cell results in a desired level of expression of thereporter gene;

[0085] ii contacting the host cell with at least one test agent; and

[0086] iii identifying test agents which modulate expression of thereporter gene in a manner also dependent on the expression of the firstand second test polypeptides, thereby identifying agents which modulatea protein-protein interaction.

[0087] In various embodiments, the reporter gene encodes a gene productthat gives rise to a detectable signal selected from the groupconsisting of color, fluorescence, luminescence, a cell surface tag,cell viability, relief of a cell nutritional requirement, cell growthand drug resistance.

[0088] In another embodiment, the method further comprises comparing thelevel of expression of the reporter gene to a level of expression in acontrol experiment wherein one or both of the test polypeptides areabsent or altered so as to preclude interaction of the first and secondfusion proteins.

[0089] In other embodiments, the test agent is selected from the groupconsisting of peptides, nucleic acids, carbohydrates, natural productextract libraries, and small organic molecules. Additionally, the testagent may be part of a library of test agents. In a particularembodiment, the library of test agents has at least 10⁷, 10⁸, 10⁹, 10¹⁰,or 10¹¹ members.

[0090] In further embodiments, test agents are identified which agonizeor antagonize the protein-protein interaction based on a change in theexpression level of the reporter gene in the presence of the test agent.

[0091] In certain embodiments, the host cells may be grown underconditions which increase the permeability of the cell membrane.

[0092] In another aspect, the invention features a method for selectinga polypeptide which differentially interacts with at least two differenttest polypeptides, comprising:

[0093] i providing a population of prokaryotic host cells wherein eachcell contains

[0094] (a) a first reporter gene operably linked to a transcriptionalregulatory sequence which includes one or more binding sites (DBDrecognition elements) for a first DNA-binding domain,

[0095] (b) a second reporter gene operably linked to a transcriptionalregulatory sequence which includes one or more binding sites (DBDrecognition elements) for a second DNA-binding domain,

[0096] (c) a first chimeric gene which encodes a first fusion protein,the first fusion protein including a first DNA-binding domain and afirst test polypeptide,

[0097] (d) a second chimeric gene which encodes a second fusion protein,the second fusion protein including a second DNA-binding domain and asecond test polypeptide,

[0098] (e) a third chimeric gene which encodes a third fusion protein,the third fusion protein including an activation tag and third testpolypeptide,

[0099] wherein the third fusion protein is part of a library of at least10⁷ members;

[0100] wherein interaction of the first fusion protein and the thirdfusion protein in the host cell results in a desired level of expressionof the first reporter gene;

[0101] wherein interaction of the second fusion protein and the thirdfusion protein in the host cell results in a desired level of expressionof the second reporter gene; and

[0102] ii isolating host cells comprising a third fusion protein capableof interacting with the first fusion protein, the second fusion protein,or the first and the second fusion proteins based on a desired level ofexpression of the first reporter gene, the second reporter gene, or thefirst and second reporter genes, respectively, thereby selecting apolypeptide which differentially interacts with at least two differenttest polypeptides.

[0103] In one embodiment, host cells are isolated which comprise a thirdfusion protein that interacts with both the first and second fusionproteins. Alternatively, host cells may be isolated which comprise athird fusion protein that interacts to a greater extent with one of thepeptides as compared to the other polypeptide.

[0104] In other embodiments, the host cell may further compriseadditional fusion proteins (2, 3, 4, or 5) which may be tested forinteraction with a target fusion protein. Interaction of the targetprotein with one or more of the test fusion proteins may be determinedbased on the level of expression of one or more reporter genes. Incertain embodiments, all of the reporter genes are the same. In otherembodiments, interaction of the target fusion protein with a first testprotein affects the expression of a first reporter gene whereasinteraction of the target fusion protein with any of the other fusionproteins affects the expression of a second reporter gene (e.g.,interaction of the target protein with a second, third, fourth, or fifthtest protein affects the expression level of a single reporter genedifferent from the first reporter gene). In still further embodiments,interaction of the target fusion protein with up to five different testproteins affects the expression of up to five different reporter genes(e.g., interaction of the target protein which each of a first, second,third, fourth, and/or fifth test proteins affects the expression of afirst, second, third, fourth, and/or fifth reporter gene, respectively,wherein each of the reporter genes is different and has a uniquedetectable signal). In various embodiments, host cells are isolatedwhich contain (i) a target protein that interacts to a desired extentwith all of the other fusion proteins; (ii) a target protein thatinteracts with one of the polypeptides to a greater extent than itinteracts with the other fusion proteins; or (iii) a target protein thatinteracts to a desired extent with a desired combination of at least twoof the other fusion proteins.

[0105] In various embodiments, the desired level of expression of atleast one of the reporter genes is an increase, a decrease, or no changein the level of expression of the reporter gene as compared to the basaltranscription level of the reporter gene. In a particular embodiment,the desired level of expression of one of the reporter genes is anincrease in the level of expression of the reporter gene as compared tothe basal transcription level of the reporter gene and the desired levelof expression of the other reporter genes is no change in expression inany of the other reporter genes as compared to the basal transcriptionlevels of the other reporter genes.

[0106] In various embodiments, the reporter genes encode uniquedetectable proteins which can be analyzed independently, simultaneously,or independently and simultaneously. In certain embodiments, at leastone of the reporter genes encodes a fluorescent protein. In anotherembodiment, the expression level of at least one of the reporter genesmay be analyzed by FACS.

[0107] In certain embodiments, the method further comprises the step ofidentifying nucleic acids which encode fusion proteins resulting in adesired level of expression of the desired reporter genes.

[0108] In a further aspect, the invention features a method forselecting a test agent that differentially modulates the interaction ofa polypeptide with at least two different test polypeptides, comprising:

[0109] i providing a population of prokaryotic host cells wherein eachcell contains

[0110] (a) a first reporter gene operably linked to a transcriptionalregulatory sequence which includes one or more binding sites (DBDrecognition elements) for a first DNA-binding domain,

[0111] (b) a second reporter gene operably linked to a transcriptionalregulatory sequence which includes one or more binding sites (DBDrecognition elements) for a second DNA-binding domain,

[0112] (c) a first chimeric gene which encodes a first fusion protein,the first fusion protein including a first DNA-binding domain and afirst test polypeptide,

[0113] (d) a second chimeric gene which encodes a second fusion protein,the second fusion protein including a second DNA-binding domain and asecond test polypeptide,

[0114] (e) a third chimeric gene which encodes a third fusion protein,the third fusion protein including an activation tag and third testpolypeptide,

[0115] wherein the host cell is an imp⁻ or gram positive strain ofbacteria;

[0116] wherein interaction of the first fusion protein and the thirdfusion protein in the host cell results in a desired level of expressionof the first reporter gene;

[0117] wherein interaction of the second fusion protein and the thirdfusion protein in the host cell results in a desired level of expressionof the second reporter gene;

[0118] ii contacting the host cell with at least one test agent; and

[0119] iii identifying test agents which modulate the expression of thefirst, second, or first and second reporter genes in a manner alsodependent on the expression of the first, second and third testpolypeptides, thereby selecting a test agent that differentiallymodulates the interaction of a polypeptide with at least two differenttest polypeptides.

[0120] In another aspect, the invention features a method for detectingan interaction between a test polypeptide and a DNA sequence, comprising

[0121] i providing a population of prokaryotic host cells wherein eachcell contains

[0122] (a) a reporter gene operably linked to a transcriptionalregulatory sequence which includes one or more binding sites (DBDrecognition elements) for a DNA-binding domain,

[0123] (b) a chimeric gene which encodes a fusion protein, the fusionprotein including a test polypeptide and an activation tag,

[0124] wherein the DBD recognition element is part of a library of atleast 10⁷ members, the fusion protein is part of a library of at least10⁷ members, or the DBD recognition element and the fusion protein areboth members of a library such that at least 10⁷ unique pairs of a DBDrecognition element and a fusion protein could be tested forinteraction;

[0125] wherein interaction between a test polypeptide of a fusionprotein and a DBD recognition element in a host cell results in adesired level of expression of the reporter gene;

[0126] wherein the desired level of expression of the reporter geneconfers a growth advantage on the host cell; and

[0127] ii isolating host cells with a growth advantage wherein saidcells comprise a fusion protein and a DBD recognition element whichinteract, thereby detecting an interaction between a test polypeptideand a DNA sequence.

[0128] In certain embodiments, the method further comprises the step ofidentifying the nucleic acid which encodes a test polypeptide thatinteracts with the DBD recognition element DNA sequence.

[0129] In other embodiments, selective growth conditions are applied tothe host cells.

[0130] In various embodiments, the desired level of expression of thereporter gene may be an increase, a decrease, or no change in the levelof expression of the reporter gene as compared to the basal expressionlevel of the reporter gene.

[0131] In other embodiments, the transcriptional regulatory sequenceincludes at least two, at least three, at least four, or at least fivebinding sites for a DNA-binding domain.

[0132] In various embodiments, the reporter gene encodes a gene productthat gives rise to a detectable signal selected from the groupconsisting of cell viability, relief of a cell nutritional requirement,cell growth and drug resistance.

[0133] In another embodiment, the degree of the growth advantageconferred by the desired level of expression of the reporter gene iscontrollable by varying the growth conditions of the host cell. In firstparticular embodiment, the reporter gene is the yeast His3 gene and thedegree of the growth advantage is controllable by exposing the host cellto varying concentrations of 3-aminotriazole. In a second particularembodiment, the reporter gene is a β-lactamase gene and the degree ofthe growth advantage is controllable by exposing the host cell to aβ-lactam antibiotic or to a β-lactam antibiotic and a β-lactamaseinhibitor. Examples of β-lactamase genes which may be used in accordwith the invention include TEM-1, TEM-2, OXA-1, OXA-2, OXA-3, SHV-1,PSE-1, PSE-2, PSE-3, PSE-4 and CTX-1, and functional fragments thereof.Examples of β-lactam antibiotics which may be used in accord with theinvention include penicillins, cephalosporins, monbactams andcarbapenems. Examples of β-lactamase inhibitors which may be used inaccord with the invention include Clavulanic acid, sulbactam,tazobactam, brobactam and β-lactamase inhibitory protein (BLIP). Theβ-lactam antibiotics and β-lactamase inhibitors are generally added tothe growth medium of the host cells, however, in the case of BLIP, theinhibitory protein may be expressed within the cell in addition to beingadded to the growth medium.

[0134] In certain embodiments, the activation tag is an RNA polymerase,an RNA polymerase subunit, a functional fragment of an RNA polymerase,or a functional fragment of an RNA polymerase subunit. In otherembodiments, the activation tag is a polypeptide, a nucleic acid, or asmall molecule, and wherein the activation tag binds RNA polymerase, anRNA polymerase subunit, a functional fragment of an RNA polymerase, or afunctional fragment of an RNA polymerase subunit. In still otherembodiments, the activation tag interacts indirectly with RNA polymerasevia at least one intermediary polypeptide, nucleic acid, or smallmolecule, which binds to the activation tag and to RNA polymerase. In aparticular embodiment, the activation tag is a fragment of Gal 11P, andwherein the activation tag interacts with a fusion between Gal4 and theα subunit of RNA polymerase.

[0135] In a further embodiment, the prokaryotic host cell furthercontains a second reporter gene such that interaction of the fusionprotein with a second binding site for a DNA-binding domain in a hostcell results in a desired level of expression of the second reportergene. The desired level of expression of the second reporter gene may bean increase, decrease, or no change in the level of expression of thesecond reporter gene as compared to the basal transcription level of thesecond reporter gene.

[0136] In certain embodiments, host cells are isolated wherein thedesired level of expression of the first and second reporter genes is anincrease in the expression level of the reporter genes as compared tothe basal expression level of the reporter genes. In another embodiment,host cells are isolated wherein the desired level of expression of thefirst reporter gene is an increase in the expression level of the firstreporter gene as compared to the basal transcription level of the firstreporter gene, and the desired level of expression of the secondreporter gene is a smaller increase in the expression level of thesecond reporter gene as compared to the basal transcription level of thesecond reporter gene relative to the increase in expression of the firstreporter gene. In additional embodiments, host cells may be isolatedbased on a decrease in the level of expression of one of the reportergenes as compared to the basal transcription level of the reporter gene.

[0137] In another embodiment, the first and second reporter genes areoperably linked to the same transcriptional regulatory sequence.Alternatively, the first and second reporter genes may be operablylinked to separate copies of the same transcriptional regulatorysequence. Further, the first and second reporter genes may be operablylinked to different transcriptional regulatory sequences.

[0138] In various embodiments, the second reporter gene encodes a geneproduct that gives rise to a detectable signal selected from the groupconsisting of color, fluorescence, luminescence, a cell surface tag,cell viability, relief of a cell nutritional requirement, cell growthand drug resistance.

[0139] In another embodiment, the second reporter gene confers a growthadvantage under selective conditions different from the conditions usedfor the first reporter gene. In other embodiments, host cells areisolated using FACS.

[0140] In various embodiments, the host cells containing a fusionprotein capable of interacting with a DNA-sequence are isolated by:

[0141] i selecting a first population of host cells with a desiredexpression level of the first reporter gene followed by selecting asecond population of host cells from the first population of host cellsbased on a desired expression level of the second reporter gene;

[0142] ii selecting a first population of host cells with a desiredexpression level of the second reporter gene followed by selecting asecond population of host cells from the first population of host cellsbased on a desired expression level of the first reporter gene; or

[0143] iii selecting a population of host cells based on simultaneousselection of desired expression levels of the first and second reportergenes.

[0144] In a particular embodiment, the second reporter gene is the lacZgene.

[0145] In another embodiment, the second reporter gene encodes afluorescent protein. Examples of fluorescent proteins which may be usedin accord with the invention include green fluorescent protein (GFP),enhanced green fluorescent protein (EGFP), Renilla Reniformis greenfluorescent protein, GFPmut2, GFPuv4, enhanced yellow fluorescentprotein (EYFP), enhanced cyan fluorescent protein (ECFP), enhanced bluefluorescent protein (EBFP), citrine and red fluorescent protein fromdiscosoma (dsRED).

[0146] In a further embodiment, the second reporter gene encodes aprotein which is expressed on the surface of the host cell.

[0147] In various particular embodiments, the first reporter gene isselected from the group consisting of the yeast His3 gene and aβ-lactamase gene and the second reporter gene is selected from the groupconsisting of the lacZ gene, a fluorescent protein, a protein which isexpressed on the surface of the host cell and the bacterial aadA gene.

[0148] In certain embodiments, the prokaryotic host cell is selectedfrom the group consisting of bacterial strains of Escherichia, Bacillus,Streptomyces, Pseudomonas, Salmonella, Serratia, Streptococcus,Lactobacillus, Enterococcus and shigella.

[0149] In another embodiment, the reporter gene construct and/or thechimeric gene construct may be contained within a vector forintroduction into the host cell. In particular embodiments, the vectormay be a plasmid or a phagemid. Phagemid vectors are generally used inconduction with a host cell that expresses a functional F pilus.Particular examples of phagemids which may be used in accord with theinvention include pBluescriptIISK+ or pBR-GP-Z12BbsI, or derivatives orprecursors thereof. When a phagemid vector is being utilized, thephagemid may be introduced into the host cell by infection of the hostcell with infectious phage containing the phagemid vector in combinationwith a helper filamentous phage. Examples of helper filamentous phagewhich may be used in accord with the invention include M13K07, VCS-M13,M13, and f1, and derivatives thereof.

[0150] In various embodiments, the DBD recognition element is a memberof a library of at least 10⁷, 10⁸, 10⁹, 10¹⁰, 10¹¹, or 10¹² potentialbinding sites for a DNA binding domain, wherein host cells comprising aDBD recognition element bound by a test polypeptide are isolated.Alternatively, the DBD recognition element is a desired binding site fora DNA binding domain and the test polypeptide is a member of a libraryof at least 10⁷, 10⁸, 10⁹, 10¹⁰, 10¹¹, or 10¹² polypeptides, whereinhost cells comprising a polypeptide which binds to the DBD recognitionelement are isolated. In a further embodiment, the DBD recognitionelement is a member of library of potential binding sites for a DNAbinding domain and the test polypeptide is a member of a library ofpolypeptides, wherein host cells comprising a polypeptide that binds aDBD recognition element are isolated.

[0151] In certain embodiments, the polypeptides are zinc fingerproteins. In other embodiments, binding sites for a DNA binding domainbind a zinc finger protein. The methods of the invention may be used tofind DNA sequences which bind to a known or novel zinc finger protein.Alternatively, the methods of the invention may be used to isolate knownor novel polypeptides which bind to a test DNA sequence.

[0152] In another aspect, the invention featurs a method for identifyingagents which modulate an interaction between a test polypeptide and aDNA sequence, comprising

[0153] i providing a population of prokaryotic host cells wherein eachcell contains

[0154] (a) a reporter gene operably linked to a transcriptionalregulatory sequence which includes one or more binding sites (DBDrecognition elements) for a DNA-binding domain,

[0155] (b) a chimeric gene which encodes a fusion protein, the fusionprotein including a test polypeptide and an activation tag,

[0156] wherein the prokaryotic host cell is an imp⁻ or gram positivestrain of bacteria;

[0157] wherein interaction between a test polypeptide of a fusionprotein and a DBD recognition element in a host cells results in adesired level of expression of the reporter gene;

[0158] ii contacting the host cell with at least one test agent; and

[0159] iii identifying agents which modulate expression of the reportergene in a manner also dependent on the presence of a fusion protein anda DBD recognition element.

[0160] In various embodiments, the reporter gene encodes a gene productthat gives rise to a detectable signal selected from the groupconsisting of color, fluorescence, luminescence, a cell surface tag,cell viability, relief of a cell nutritional requirement, cell growthand drug resistance.

[0161] In other embodiments, the DBD recognition element is part of alibrary of at least 10⁷, 10⁸, 10⁹, 10¹⁰, 10¹¹, or 10¹² members, thefusion protein is part of a library of at least 10⁷, 10⁸, 10⁹, 10¹⁰,10¹¹, or 10¹² members, or the DBD recognition element and the fusionprotein are both members of a library such that at least 10⁷, 10⁸, 10⁹,10¹⁰, 10¹¹, or 10¹² unique pairs of a DBD recognition element and afusion protein could be tested for interaction.

[0162] In another embodiment, the method further comprises comparing thelevel of expression of the reporter gene to a level of expression in acontrol experiment wherein one or both of the test polypeptide and theDBD recognition element are absent or altered so as to precludeinteraction of the fusion protein and the DBD recognition element.

[0163] In certain embodiments, the test agent is selected from the groupconsisting of peptides, nucleic acids, carbohydrates, natural productextract libraries, and small organic molecules. Additionally, the testagent may be part of a library of test agents.

[0164] In other embodiments, test agents are identified which agonize orantagonize the protein-nucleic acid interaction based on a change in theexpression level of the reporter gene in the presence of the test agent.

[0165] In certain embodiments, the host cells are grown under conditionswhich increase the permeability of the cell membrane.

[0166] In a further aspect, the invention features a method forselecting a polypeptide that differentially interacts with at least twodifferent DNA sequences, comprising

[0167] i providing a population of prokaryotic host cells each of whichcontains

[0168] (a) a first reporter gene operably linked to a transcriptionalregulatory sequence which includes one or more binding sites (DBDrecognition elements) for a first DNA-binding domain,

[0169] (b) a second reporter gene operably linked to a transcriptionalregulatory sequence which includes one or more binding site (DBDrecognition element) for a second DNA-binding domain,

[0170] (c) a chimeric gene which encodes a fusion protein, the fusionprotein including a test polypeptide and an activation tag,

[0171] wherein the fusion protein is part of a library of at least 10⁷members;

[0172] wherein interaction of a fusion protein with the first DBDrecognition element in the host cells results in a desired level ofexpression of the first reporter gene;

[0173] wherein interaction of a fusion protein with the second DBDrecognition element in the host cells results in a desired level ofexpression of the second reporter gene; and

[0174] ii isolating host cells comprising a fusion protein thatinteracts with the first DBD recognition element, the second DBDrecognition element, or the first and second DBD recognition elementsbased on a desired level of expression of the first reporter gene, thesecond reporter gene, or the first and second reporter genes,respectively, thereby selecting a polypeptide that differentiallyinteracts with at least two different DNA sequences.

[0175] In various embodiments, the fusion protein is assayed for theability to interact with at least two, three, four or five different DNAsequences each operably linked to reporter genes. In certainembodiments, the reporter genes are operably linked to the sametranscriptional regulatory sequence. Alternatively, the reporter genesare operably linked to separate copies of the same transcriptionalregulatory sequence. Further, the reporter genes may be operably linkedto different transcriptional regulatory sequences.

[0176] In various embodiments, all of the reporter genes encodedifferent proteins and each reporter gene may be detected independently,simultaneously, or independently and simultaneously.

[0177] In certain embodiments, the method further comprises the step ofisolating the nucleic acid which encodes at least one of the fusionproteins.

[0178] In various embodiments, the desired level of expression of atleast one of the reporter genes is an increase, a decrease, or no changein reporter gene expression as compared to the basal transcription levelof the reporter gene.

[0179] In a particular embodiment, host cells are isolated that have onereporter gene whose expression level is increased to a greater extentthan the increase in the expression level of the other reporter genes,as compared to the basal level of expression of the reporter genes. Insome cases, the reporter genes whose expression levels increase to alesser extent (or not at all) are all the same reporter gene and aredifferent from the reporter gene whose level is increased.

[0180] In another aspect, the invention features a method for selectinga test agent that differentially modulates the interaction of apolypeptide with at least two different DNA sequences, comprising

[0181] i providing a population of prokaryotic host cells each of whichcontains

[0182] (a) a first reporter gene operably linked to a transcriptionalregulatory sequence which includes one or more binding sites (DBDrecognition elements) for a first DNA-binding domain,

[0183] (b) a second reporter gene operably linked to a transcriptionalregulatory sequence which includes one or more binding site (DBDrecognition element) for a second DNA-binding domain,

[0184] (c) a chimeric gene which encodes a fusion protein, the fusionprotein including a test polypeptide and an activation tag,

[0185] wherein the prokaryotic host cell is an imp⁻ or gram positivestrain of bacteria;

[0186] wherein interaction of a fusion protein with the first DBDrecognition element in the host cells results in a desired level ofexpression of the first reporter gene;

[0187] wherein interaction of a fusion protein with the second DBDrecognition element in the host cells results in a desired level ofexpression of the second reporter gene;

[0188] ii contacting the host cell with at least one test agent; and

[0189] iii identifying test agents which modulate the expression of thefirst, second, or first and second reporter genes in a manner alsodependent on the presence of the fusion protein and the first and secondDBD recognition elements, thereby selecting a test agent thatdifferentially modulates the interaction of a polypeptide with at leasttwo different DNA sequences.

[0190] In various embodiments, the DBD recognition element may be partof a library of at least 10⁷, 10⁸, 10⁹, 10¹⁰, 10¹¹, or 10¹² members, thefusion protein may be part of a library of at least 10⁷, 10⁸, 10⁹, 10¹⁰,10¹¹, or 10¹² members, or the DBD recognition element and the fusionprotein may both be members of a library such that at least 10⁷, 10⁸,10⁹, 10¹⁰, 10¹¹, or 10¹² unique pairs of a DBD recognition element and afusion protein could be tested for interaction.

[0191] In yet another aspect, the invention features a method fordetecting an interaction between a test RNA binding domain polypeptideand an RNA sequence, comprising

[0192] i providing a population of prokaryotic host cells wherein eachcell contains

[0193] (a) a reporter gene operably linked to a transcriptionalregulatory sequence which includes one or more binding sites (DBDrecognition elements) for a DNA-binding domain,

[0194] (b) a first chimeric gene which encodes a fusion protein, thefusion protein including a DNA-binding domain and a first RNA bindingdomain,

[0195] (c) a second chimeric gene which encodes a fusion protein, thefusion protein including an activation tag and a second RNA bindingdomain,

[0196] (d) a third chimeric gene which encodes a hybrid RNA, the hybridRNA comprising a first RNA sequence that binds one of the first orsecond RNA binding domains and a second RNA sequence to be tested forinteraction with the RNA-binding domain not bound to the first RNAsequence;

[0197] wherein the RNA-binding domain not bound to the first RNAsequence is part of a library of at least 10⁷ members, the second RNAsequence is part of a library of at least 10⁷ members, or theRNA-binding domain not bound to the first RNA sequence and the secondRNA sequence are both members of a library such that at least 10⁷ uniquepairs of an RNA-binding domain and an RNA sequence could be tested forinteraction;

[0198] wherein interaction of an RNA-binding domain not bound to thefirst RNA sequence with the second RNA sequence in a host cell resultsin a desired level of expression of the reporter gene; and

[0199] ii isolating host cells comprising an RNA-binding domain thatinteracts with the second RNA sequence based on a desired level ofexpression of the reporter gene thereby detecting an interaction betweena test RNA binding domain polypeptide and an RNA sequence.

[0200] In another aspect, the invention features a kit for selecting apolypeptide that interacts with a test polypeptide, comprising:

[0201] i a first gene construct for encoding a first fusion protein,which first gene construct comprises:

[0202] (a) transcriptional and translational elements which directexpression of a protein in a prokaryotic host cell,

[0203] (b) a DNA sequence that encodes a DNA binding domain and which isoperably linked with the transcriptional and translational elements ofthe first gene construct, and

[0204] (c) one or more sites for inserting a DNA sequence encoding afirst test polypeptide into the first gene construct in such a mannerthat the first test polypeptide is expressed in-frame as part of afusion protein containing the DNA binding domain;

[0205] ii a second gene construct for encoding a second fusion protein,which second gene construct comprises:

[0206] (a) transcriptional and translational elements which directexpression of a protein in a prokaryotic host cell,

[0207] (b) a DNA sequence that encodes an activation tag and which isoperably linked with the transcriptional and translational elements ofthe second gene construct, and

[0208] (c) one or more sites for inserting a DNA sequence encoding asecond test polypeptide into the second gene construct in such a mannerthat the second test polypeptide is expressed in-frame as part of afusion protein containing the activation tag; and

[0209] iii a prokaryotic host cell containing at least one reporter genehaving one or more binding sites (DBD recognition elements) for the DNAbinding domain, and

[0210] wherein a desired level of expression of the reporter gene isobtained upon interaction of the first and second fusion proteins; and

[0211] wherein the desired level of expression of the reporter geneconfers a growth advantage on the host cell.

[0212] In certain embodiments, the degree of growth advantage conferredby the expression of a desired level of the reporter gene may becontrolled by varying the growth conditions of the cell.

[0213] In other embodiments, the transcriptional regulatory sequenceincludes at least two, at least three, at least four, or at least fivebinding sites for a DNA-binding domain.

[0214] In various embodiments, the reporter gene encodes a gene productthat gives rise to a detectable signal selected from the groupconsisting of cell viability, relief of a cell nutritional requirement,cell growth and drug resistance.

[0215] In another embodiment, the degree of the growth advantageconferred by the desired level of expression of the reporter gene iscontrollable by varying the growth conditions of the host cell. In firstparticular embodiment, the reporter gene is the yeast His3 gene and thedegree of the growth advantage is controllable by exposing the host cellto varying concentrations of 3-aminotriazole. In a second particularembodiment, the reporter gene is a β-lactamase gene and the degree ofthe growth advantage is controllable by exposing the host cell to aβ-lactam antibiotic or to a β-lactam antibiotic and a β-lactamaseinhibitor. Examples of β-lactamase genes which may be used in accordwith the invention include TEM-1, TEM-2, OXA-1, OXA-2, OXA-3, SHV-1,PSE-1, PSE-2, PSE-3, PSE4 and CTX-1, and functional fragments thereof.Examples of β-lactam antibiotics which may be used in accord with theinvention include penicillins, cephalosporins, monbactams andcarbapenems. Examples of β-lactamase inhibitors which may be used inaccord with the invention include Clavulanic acid, sulbactam,tazobactam, brobactam and β-lactamase inhibitory protein (BLIP). Theβ-lactam antibiotics and β-lactamase inhibitors are generally added tothe growth medium of the host cells, however, in the case of BLIP, theinhibitory protein may be expressed within the cell in addition to beingadded to the growth medium.

[0216] In certain embodiments, the activation tag is an RNA polymerase,an RNA polymerase subunit, a functional fragment of an RNA polymerase,or a functional fragment of an RNA polymerase subunit. In otherembodiments, the activation tag is a polypeptide, a nucleic acid, or asmall molecule, and wherein the activation tag binds RNA polymerase, anRNA polymerase subunit, a functional fragment of an RNA polymerase, or afunctional fragment of an RNA polymerase subunit. In still otherembodiments, the activation tag interacts indirectly with RNA polymerasevia at least one intermediary polypeptide, nucleic acid, or smallmolecule, which binds to the activation tag and to RNA polymerase. In aparticular embodiment, the activation tag is a fragment of Gal 11P, andwherein the activation tag interacts with a fusion between Gal4 and theα subunit of RNA polymerase.

[0217] In a further aspect, the invention features a kit for detectingan interaction between a test DNA-binding domain polypeptide and a DNAsequence, comprising:

[0218] i a first gene construct which comprises:

[0219] (a) one or more sites for inserting a DNA sequence comprising atranscriptional element which includes at least one binding site (DBDrecognition element) for a DNA-binding domain,

[0220] (b) a translational element operably linked to thetranscriptional element, and

[0221] (c) a DNA sequence for a reporter gene which is operably linkedwith the transcriptional and translational elements of the first geneconstruct, and

[0222] wherein the transcriptional and translational elements directexpression of the reporter gene in a prokaryotic host cell;

[0223] ii a second gene construct for encoding a first fusion protein,which second gene construct comprises:

[0224] (a) transcriptional and translational elements which directexpression of a protein in a prokaryotic host cell,

[0225] (b) a DNA sequence that encodes an activation tag and which isoperably linked with the transcriptional and translational elements ofthe second gene construct, and

[0226] (c) one or more sites for inserting a DNA sequence encoding afirst test polypeptide into the second gene construct in such a mannerthat the first test polypeptide is expressed in-frame as part of afusion protein containing the activation tag;

[0227] iii a prokaryotic host cell, and

[0228] wherein a desired level of expression of the reporter gene isobtained upon interaction of a test polypeptide with a DBD recognitionelement; and

[0229] wherein the desired level of expression of the reporter geneconfers a growth advantage on the host cell.

[0230] In certain embodiments, the degree of growth advantage conferredby the expression of a desired level of the reporter gene may becontrolled by varying the growth conditions of the cell.

[0231] In other embodiments, the transcriptional regulatory sequenceincludes at least two, at least three, at least four, or at least fivebinding sites for a DNA-binding domain.

[0232] In various embodiments, the reporter gene encodes a gene productthat gives rise to a detectable signal selected from the groupconsisting of cell viability, relief of a cell nutritional requirement,cell growth and drug resistance.

[0233] In another embodiment, the degree of the growth advantageconferred by the desired level of expression of the reporter gene iscontrollable by varying the growth conditions of the host cell. In firstparticular embodiment, the reporter gene is the yeast His3 gene and thedegree of the growth advantage is controllable by exposing the host cellto varying concentrations of 3-aminotriazole. In a second particularembodiment, the reporter gene is a β-lactamase gene and the degree ofthe growth advantage is controllable by exposing the host cell to aβ-lactam antibiotic or to a β-lactam antibiotic and a β-lactamaseinhibitor. Examples of β-lactamase genes which may be used in accordwith the invention include TEM-1, TEM-2, OXA-1, OXA-2, OXA-3, SHV-1,PSE-1, PSE-2, PSE-3, PSE4 and CTX-1, and functional fragments thereof.Examples of β-lactam antibiotics which may be used in accord with theinvention include penicillins, cephalosporins, monbactams andcarbapenems. Examples of β-lactamase inhibitors which may be used inaccord with the invention include Clavulanic acid, sulbactam,tazobactam, brobactam and β-lactamase inhibitory protein (BLIP). Theβ-lactam antibiotics and β-lactamase inhibitors are generally added tothe growth medium of the host cells, however, in the case of BLIP, theinhibitory protein may be expressed within the cell in addition to beingadded to the growth medium.

[0234] In certain embodiments, the activation tag is an RNA polymerase,an RNA polymerase subunit, a functional fragment of an RNA polymerase,or a functional fragment of an RNA polymerase subunit. In otherembodiments, the activation tag is a polypeptide, a nucleic acid, or asmall molecule, and wherein the activation tag binds RNA polymerase, anRNA polymerase subunit, a functional fragment of an RNA polymerase, or afunctional fragment of an RNA polymerase subunit. In still otherembodiments, the activation tag interacts indirectly with RNA polymerasevia at least one intermediary polypeptide, nucleic acid, or smallmolecule, which binds to the activation tag and to RNA polymerase. In aparticular embodiment, the activation tag is a fragment of Gal 11P, andwherein the activation tag interacts with a fusion between Gal4 and thea subunit of RNA polymerase.

[0235] In another embodiment, the reporter gene construct and/or thechimeric gene construct may be contained within a vector forintroduction into the host cell. In particular embodiments, the vectormay be a plasmid or a phagemid. Phagemid vectors are generally used inconjuction with a host cell that expresses a functional F pilus.Particular examples of phagemids which may be used in accord with theinvention include pBluescriptIISK+ or pBR-GP-Z12BbsI, or derivatives orprecursors thereof. When a phagemid vector is being utilized, thephagemid may be introduced into the host cell by infection of the hostcell with infectious phage containing the phagemid vector in combinationwith a helper filamentous phage. Examples of helper filamentous phagewhich may be used in accord with the invention include M13K07, VCS-M13,M13, and f1, and derivatives thereof.

[0236] In particular embodiments, the polypeptide is a zinc fingerprotein, or a library of known or potential zinc finger proteins. Inanother embodiment, the binding site for a DNA binding domain is abinding site for a zinc finger protein, or a library of known orpotential zinc finger binding sites.

[0237] In another aspect, the invention features a method for detectingan interaction between a first test polypeptide and a second testpolypeptide, comprising:

[0238] i providing a population of host cells wherein each cell contains

[0239] (a) a reporter gene operably linked to a transcriptionalregulatory sequence which includes one or more binding sites (DBDrecognition elements) for a DNA-binding domain,

[0240] (b) a first chimeric gene which encodes a first fusion protein,the first fusion protein including a DNA-binding domain and a first testpolypeptide,

[0241] (c) a second chimeric gene which encodes a second fusion protein,the second fusion protein including an activation tag and second testpolypeptide,

[0242] wherein expression of the reporter gene results in signaldetectable by FACS;

[0243] wherein interaction of the first fusion protein and second fusionprotein in the host cell results in a desired level of expression of thereporter gene; and

[0244] ii isolating host cells comprising an interacting pair of fusionproteins based on a desired level of expression of the reporter geneusing FACS thereby detecting an interaction between a first testpolypeptide and a second test polypeptide.

[0245] In certain embodiments, the method further comprises the step ofisolating the nucleic acid which encodes the test polypeptides.

[0246] In various embodiments, the first, second, or first and secondfusion proteins are members of a library. In particular embodiments, thefirst fusion protein is part of a library of at least 10⁷, 10⁸, 10⁹,10¹⁰, 10¹¹, or 10¹² members, the second fusion protein is part of alibrary of at least 10⁷, 10⁸, 10⁹, 10¹⁰, 10¹¹, or 10¹² members, or thefirst and second fusion proteins are both members of a library such thatat least 10⁷, 10⁸, 10⁹, 10¹⁰, 10¹¹, or 10¹² unique pairs of testpolypeptides could be tested for interaction.

[0247] In other embodiments, the host cell may be a eukaryotic cell or aprokaryotic cell. Exemplary eukaryotic cells include yeast and mammaliancells. Exemplary prokaryotic cells include Escherichia, Bacillus,Streptomyces, Pseudomonas, Salmonella, Serratia, Streptococcus,Lactobacillus, Enterococcus and shigella.

[0248] In various embodiments, the desired level of expression of thereporter gene may be an increase, a decrease or no change in the levelof expression of the reporter gene as compared to the basaltranscription level of the reporter gene.

[0249] In certain embodiments, the transcriptional regulatory sequenceincludes at least two, three, four, or five binding sites for aDNA-binding domain.

[0250] In various embodiments, the reporter gene encodes a proteinproduct which gives rise to a detectable signal selected from the groupconsisting of fluorescence, luminescence and a cell surface tag.Exemplary fluorescent proteins which may be used in accord with theinvention include green fluorescent protein (GFP), enhanced greenfluorescent protein (EGFP), Renilla Reniformis green fluorescentprotein, GFPmut2, GFPuv4, enhanced yellow fluorescent protein (EYFP),enhanced cyan fluorescent protein (ECFP), enhanced blue fluorescentprotein (EBFP), citrine and red fluorescent protein from discosoma(dsRED).

[0251] Alternatively, the reporter gene may encode a cell surface tag.In association with this embodiment, the method may further comprisesthe step of contacting the host cell with a fluorescently labeledantibody specific for the cell surface tag, thereby labeling the hostcell, before isolation of host cells by FACS.

[0252] In a further embodiment, the host cell further contains a secondreporter gene such that interaction of a first fusion protein and asecond fusion protein in a host cell results in a desired level ofexpression of the second reporter gene. The desired level of expressionof the second reporter gene may be an increase, decrease, or no changein the level of expression of the second reporter gene as compared tothe basal transcription level of the second reporter gene.

[0253] In certain embodiments, host cells are isolated wherein thedesired level of expression of the first and second reporter genes is anincrease in the expression level of the reporter genes as compared tothe basal expression level of the reporter genes. In another embodiment,host cells are isolated wherein the desired level of expression of thefirst reporter gene is an increase in the expression level of the firstreporter gene as compared to the basal transcription level of the firstreporter gene, and the desired level of expression of the secondreporter gene is a smaller increase in the expression level of thesecond reporter gene as compared to the basal transcription level of thesecond reporter gene relative to the increase in expression of the firstreporter gene. In additional embodiments, host cells may be isolatedbased on a decrease in the level of expression of one of the reportergenes as compared to the basal transcription level of the reporter gene.

[0254] In another embodiment, the first and second reporter genes areoperably linked to the same transcriptional regulatory sequence.Alternatively, the first and second reporter genes may be operablylinked to separate copies of the same transcriptional regulatorysequence. Further, the first and second reporter genes may be operablylinked to different transcriptional regulatory sequences. Further, thefirst and second fusion proteins may be expressed from the same nucleicacid construct or from separate nucleic acid constructs.

[0255] In various embodiments, the second reporter gene encodes a geneproduct that gives rise to a detectable signal selected from the groupconsisting of color, fluorescence, luminescence, a cell surface tag,cell viability, relief of a cell nutritional requirement, cell growthand drug resistance. In particular embodiments, the second reporter geneencodes for green fluorescent protein (GFP), enhanced green fluorescentprotein (EGFP), Renilla Reniformis green fluorescent protein, GFPmut2,GFPuv4, enhanced yellow fluorescent protein (EYFP), enhanced cyanfluorescent protein (ECFP), enhanced blue fluorescent protein (EBFP),citrine or red fluorescent protein from discosoma (dsRED).

[0256] In another embodiment, the reporter gene encodes a cell surfacetag. In accord with this embodiment, the method may further comprise thestep of contacting the host cell with a fluorescently labeled antibodyspecific for the cell surface tag, thereby labeling the host cell,before isolation of host cells by FACS.

[0257] In certain embodiments, the first and second reporter genesencode proteins which can be analyzed independently, simultaneously, orindependently and simultaneously. In other embodiments, the first andsecond reporter genes are analyzed by FACS.

[0258] In a further embodiment, the expression level of the first,second, or first and second fusion proteins can be controlled by varyingthe growth conditions of the host cell. For example, in a particularembodiment, the expression level of the first and second fusion proteinscan be controlled by varying the concentration of IPTG,anhydrotetracycline, or IPTG and anhydrotetracycline to which the hostcell is exposed. In another embodiment, the first, second, or first andsecond fusion proteins are expressed from a promoter comprising abinding site for the lac repressor or the tet repressor. In certainembodiments, the expression level of the first and second fusion proteincan be independently controlled.

[0259] In another embodiment, the reporter gene construct and/or thechimeric gene constructs may contained within a vector for introductioninto the host cell. In particular embodiments, the vector may be aplasmid or a phagemid. Phagemid vectors are generally used in conductionwith a host cell that expresses a functional F pilus. Particularexamples of phagemids which may be used in accord with the inventioninclude pBluescriptIISK+ or pBR-GP-Z12BbsI, or derivatives or precursorsthereof. When a phagemid vector is being utilized, the phagemid may beintroduced into the host cell by infection of the host cell withinfectious phage containing the phagemid vector in combination with ahelper filamentous phage. Examples of helper filamentous phage which maybe used in accord with the invention include M13K07, VCS-M13, M13, andf1, and derivatives thereof.

[0260] In a further aspect, the invention features a method forselecting a polypeptide that differentially interacts with at least twodifferent test polypeptides, comprising:

[0261] i providing a population of host cells wherein each cell contains

[0262] (a) a first reporter gene operably linked to a transcriptionalregulatory sequence which includes one or more binding sites (DBDrecognition elements) for a first DNA-binding domain,

[0263] (b) a second reporter gene operably linked to a transcriptionalregulatory sequence which includes one or more binding sites (DBDrecognition elements) for a second DNA-binding domain,

[0264] (c) a first chimeric gene which encodes a first fusion protein,the first fusion protein including a first DNA-binding domain and afirst test polypeptide,

[0265] (d) a second chimeric gene which encodes a second fusion protein,the second fusion protein including a second DNA-binding domain and asecond test polypeptide,

[0266] (e) a third chimeric gene which encodes a third fusion protein,the third fusion protein including an activation tag and third testpolypeptide,

[0267] wherein expression of the first and second reporter genes resultsin a signal detectable by FACS;

[0268] wherein interaction of the first fusion protein and the thirdfusion protein in the host cell results in a desired level of expressionof the first reporter gene;

[0269] wherein interaction of the second fusion protein and the thirdfusion protein in the host cell results in a desired level of expressionof the second reporter gene; and

[0270] ii isolating host cells comprising a third fusion protein capableof interacting with the first fusion protein, the second fusion protein,or the first and the second fusion proteins based on a desired level ofexpression of the first reporter gene, the second reporter gene, or thefirst and second reporter genes, respectively, using FACS, therebyselecting a polypeptide that differentially interacts with at least twodifferent test polypeptides.

[0271] In various embodiments, the fusion protein is assayed for theability to interact with at least two, three, four or five different DNAsequences each operably linked to reporter genes. In certainembodiments, the reporter genes are operably linked to the sametranscriptional regulatory sequence. Alternatively, the reporter genesare operably linked to separate copies of the same transcriptionalregulatory sequence. Further, the reporter genes may be operably linkedto different transcriptional regulatory sequences.

[0272] In various embodiments, all of the reporter genes encodedifferent proteins and each reporter gene may be detected independently,simultaneously, or independently and simultaneously. In a furtherembodiment, at least one of the reporter genes encodes a fluorescentprotein. Alternatively, all of the reporter genes may encode fluorescentproteins.

[0273] In certain embodiments, the method further comprises the step ofisolating the nucleic acid which encodes at least one of the fusionproteins.

[0274] In various embodiments, the desired level of expression of atleast one of the reporter genes is an increase, a decrease, or no changein reporter gene expression as compared to the basal transcription levelof the reporter gene.

[0275] In a particular embodiment, host cells are isolated that have onereporter gene whose expression level is increased to a greater extentthan the increase in the expression level of the other reporter genes,as compared to the basal level of expression of the reporter genes. Insome cases, the reporter genes whose expression levels increase to alesser extent (or not at all) are all the same reporter gene and aredifferent from the reporter gene whose level is increased.

[0276] In other embodiments, the host cell may be a eukaryotic cell or aprokaryotic cell. Exemplary eukaryotic cells include yeast and mammaliancells. Exemplary prokaryotic cells include Escherichia, Bacillus,Streptomyces, Pseudomonas, Salmonella, Serratia, Streptococcus,Lactobacillus, Enterococcus and shigella.

[0277] In another aspect, the invention features a method for detectingan interaction between a test polypeptide and a DNA sequence, comprising

[0278] i providing a population of host cells wherein each cell contains

[0279] (a) a reporter gene operably linked to a transcriptionalregulatory sequence which includes one or more binding sites (DBDrecognition elements) for a DNA-binding domain,

[0280] (b) a chimeric gene which encodes a fusion protein, the fusionprotein including a test polypeptide and an activation tag,

[0281] wherein expression of the reporter gene results in signaldetectable by FACS;

[0282] wherein interaction between a test polypeptide of a fusionprotein and a DBD recognition element in a host cells results in adesired level of expression of the reporter gene; and

[0283] ii isolating host cells comprising a fusion protein thatinteracts with a DBD recognition element based on a desired level ofexpression of the reporter gene using FACS thereby detecting aninteraction between the test polypeptide and the DBD recognition elementDNA sequence.

[0284] In certain embodiments, the activation tag is an RNA polymerase,an RNA polymerase subunit, a functional fragment of an RNA polymerase,or a functional fragment of an RNA polymerase subunit. In otherembodiments, the activation tag is a polypeptide, a nucleic acid, or asmall molecule, and wherein the activation tag binds RNA polymerase, anRNA polymerase subunit, a functional fragment of an RNA polymerase, or afunctional fragment of an RNA polymerase subunit. In still otherembodiments, the activation tag interacts indirectly with RNA polymerasevia at least one intermediary polypeptide, nucleic acid, or smallmolecule, which binds to the activation tag and to RNA polymerase. In aparticular embodiment, the activation tag is a fragment of Gal 11P, andwherein the activation tag interacts with a fusion between Gal4 and thea subunit of RNA polymerase.

[0285] In certain embodiments, the method further comprises the step ofisolating the nucleic acid which encodes the test polypeptides.

[0286] In various embodiments, the DBD recognition element is a memberof a library of at least 10⁷, 10⁸, 10⁹, 10¹⁰, 10¹¹, or 10¹² potentialbinding sites for a DNA binding domain, wherein host cells comprising aDBD recognition element bound by a test polypeptide are isolated.Alternatively, the DBD recognition element is a desired binding site fora DNA binding domain and the test polypeptide is a member of a libraryof at least 10⁷, 10⁸, 10⁹, 10¹⁰, 10¹¹, or 10¹²polypeptides, wherein hostcells comprising a polypeptide which binds to the DBD recognitionelement are isolated. In a further embodiment, the DBD recognitionelement is a member of library of potential binding sites for a DNAbinding domain and the test polypeptide is a member of a library ofpolypeptides, wherein host cells comprising a polypeptide that binds aDBD recognition element are isolated.

[0287] In certain embodiments, the polypeptides are zinc fingerproteins. In other embodiments, binding sites for a DNA binding domainbind a zinc finger protein. The methods of the invention may be used tofind DNA sequences which bind to a known or novel zinc finger protein.Alternatively, the methods of the invention may be used to isolate knownor novel polypeptides which bind to a test DNA sequence.

[0288] In another embodiment, the reporter gene construct and/or thechimeric gene construct may be contained within a vector forintroduction into the host cell. In particular embodiments, the vectormay be a plasmid or a phagemid. Phagemid vectors are generally used inconduction with a host cell that expresses a functional F pilus.Particular examples of phagemids which may be used in accord with theinvention include pBluescriptIISK+ or pBR-GP-Z12BbsI, or derivatives orprecursors thereof. When a phagemid vector is being utilized, thephagemid may be introduced into the host cell by infection of the hostcell with infectious phage containing the phagemid vector in combinationwith a helper filamentous phage. Examples of helper filamentous phagewhich may be used in accord with the invention include M13K07, VCS-M13,M13, and f1, and derivatives thereof.

[0289] In other embodiments, the host cell may be a eukaryotic cell or aprokaryotic cell. Exemplary eukaryotic cells include yeast and mammaliancells. Exemplary prokaryotic cells include Escherichia, Bacillus,Streptomyces, Pseudomonas, Salmonella, Serratia, Streptococcus,Lactobacillus, Enterococcus and shigella.

[0290] In a further aspect, the invention features a method forselecting a polypeptide that differentially interacts with at least twodifferent DNA sequences, comprising

[0291] i providing a population of host cells each of which contains

[0292] (a) a first reporter gene operably linked to a transcriptionalregulatory sequence which includes one or more binding sites (DBDrecognition elements) for a first DNA-binding domain,

[0293] (b) a second reporter gene operably linked to a transcriptionalregulatory sequence which includes one or more binding site (DBDrecognition element) for a second DNA-binding domain,

[0294] (c) a chimeric gene which encodes a fusion protein, the fusionprotein including a test polypeptide and an activation tag,

[0295] wherein expression of the first and second reporter genes resultsin a signal detectable by FACS;

[0296] wherein interaction of a fusion protein with the first DBDrecognition element in the host cells results in a desired level ofexpression of the first reporter gene;

[0297] wherein interaction of a fusion protein with the second DBDrecognition element in the host cells results in a desired level ofexpression of the second reporter gene; and

[0298] ii isolating host cells comprising a fusion protein thatinteracts with the first DBD recognition element, the second DBDrecognition element, or the first and second DBD recognition elementsbased on a desired level of expression of the first reporter gene, thesecond reporter gene, or the first and second reporter genes,respectively, using FACS, thereby selecting a polypeptide thatdifferentially interacts with at least two different DNA sequences.

[0299] In another aspect, the invention features a method for detectingan interaction between a test RNA binding domain polypeptide and an RNAsequence, comprising

[0300] i providing a population of host cells wherein each cell contains

[0301] (a) a reporter gene operably linked to a transcriptionalregulatory sequence which includes one or more binding sites (DBDrecognition elements) for a DNA-binding domain,

[0302] (b) a first chimeric gene which encodes a fusion protein, thefusion protein including a DNA-binding domain and a first RNA bindingdomain,

[0303] (c) a second chimeric gene which encodes a fusion protein, thefusion protein including an activation tag and a second RNA bindingdomain,

[0304] (d) a third chimeric gene which encodes a hybrid RNA, the hybridRNA comprising a first RNA sequence that binds one of the first orsecond RNA binding domains and a second RNA sequence to be tested forinteraction with the RNA-binding domain not bound to the first RNAsequence;

[0305] wherein the expression of the reporter gene produces a signaldetectable by FACS;

[0306] wherein interaction of an RNA-binding domain not bound to thefirst RNA sequence with the second RNA sequence in a host cell resultsin a desired level of expression of the reporter gene; and

[0307] ii isolating host cells comprising an RNA-binding domain thatinteracts with the second RNA sequence based on a desired level ofexpression of the reporter gene thereby detecting an interaction betweena test RNA binding domain polypeptide and an RNA sequence using FACS.

[0308] In a further aspect, the invention features a kit for selecting apolypeptide that interacts with a test polypeptide, comprising:

[0309] i a first gene construct for encoding a first fusion protein,which first gene construct comprises:

[0310] (a) transcriptional and translational elements which directexpression of a protein in a host cell,

[0311] (b) a DNA sequence that encodes a DNA binding domain and which isoperably linked with the transcriptional and translational elements ofthe first gene construct, and

[0312] (c) one or more sites for inserting a DNA sequence encoding afirst test polypeptide into the first gene construct in such a mannerthat the first test polypeptide is expressed in-frame as part of afusion protein containing the DNA binding domain;

[0313] ii a second gene construct for encoding a second fusion protein,which second gene construct comprises:

[0314] (a) transcriptional and translational elements which directexpression of a protein in a host cell,

[0315] (b) a DNA sequence that encodes an activation tag and which isoperably linked with the transcriptional and translational elements ofthe second gene construct, and

[0316] (c) one or more sites for inserting a DNA sequence encoding asecond test polypeptide into the second gene construct in such a mannerthat the second test polypeptide is expressed in-frame as part of afusion protein containing the activation tag;

[0317] iii a host cell containing at least one reporter gene having oneor more binding sites (DBD recognition elements) for the DNA bindingdomain;

[0318] wherein expression of the reporter gene produces a signaldetectable by FACS; and

[0319] wherein a desired level of expression of the reporter gene isobtained upon interaction of the first and second fusion proteins andcan by analyzed using FACS.

[0320] In still another aspect, the invention features a kit fordetecting an interaction between a test DNA-binding domain polypeptideand a DNA sequence, comprising:

[0321] i a first gene construct which comprises:

[0322] (a) one or more sites for inserting a DNA sequence comprising atranscriptional element which includes at least one binding site (DBDrecognition element) for a DNA-binding domain,

[0323] (b) a translational element operably linked to thetranscriptional element, and

[0324] (c) a DNA sequence for at least one reporter gene which isoperably linked with the transcriptional and translational elements ofthe first gene construct, and

[0325] wherein the transcriptional and translational elements directexpression of the reporter gene in a host cell;

[0326] ii a second gene construct for encoding a first fusion protein,which second gene construct comprises:

[0327] (a) transcriptional and translational elements which directexpression of a protein in a host cell,

[0328] (b) a DNA sequence that encodes an activation tag and which isoperably linked with the transcriptional and translational elements ofthe second gene construct, and

[0329] (c) one or more sites for inserting a DNA sequence encoding afirst test polypeptide into the second gene construct in such a mannerthat the first test polypeptide is expressed in-frame as part of afusion protein containing the activation tag;

[0330] iii a host cell;

[0331] wherein expression of the reporter gene produces a signaldetectable by FACS; and

[0332] wherein a desired level of expression of the reporter gene isobtained upon interaction of a test polypeptide with a DBD recognitionelement and can by analyzed by FACS.

[0333] Other features and advantages of the invention will be apparentfrom the following detailed description, and from the claims. Thepractice of the present invention will employ, unless otherwiseindicated, conventional techniques of cell biology, cell culture,molecular biology, transgenic biology, microbiology, recombinant DNA,and immunology, which are within the skill of the art. Such techniquesare explained filly in the literature. See, for example, MolecularCloning A Laboratory Manual, 2nd Ed., ed. by Sambrook, Fritsch andManiatis (Cold Spring Harbor Laboratory Press: 1989); DNA Cloning,Volumes I and II (D. N. Glover ed., 1985); Oligonucleotide Synthesis (M.J. Gait ed., 1984); Mullis et al. U.S. Pat. No. 4,683,195; Nucleic AcidHybridization (B. D. Hames & S. J. Higgins eds. 1984); Transcription AndTranslation (B. D. Hames & S. J. Higgins eds. 1984); Culture Of AnimalCells (R. I. Freshney, Alan R. Liss, Inc., 1987); Immobilized Cells AndEnzymes (IRL Press, 1986); B. Perbal, A Practical Guide To MolecularCloning (1984); the treatise, Methods In Enzymology (Academic Press,Inc., N.Y.); Gene Transfer Vectors For Mammalian Cells (J. H. Miller andM. P. Calos eds., 1987, Cold Spring Harbor Laboratory); Methods InEnzymology, Vols. 154 and 155 (Wu et al. eds.), Immunochemical MethodsIn Cell And Molecular Biology (Mayer and Walker, eds., Academic Press,London, 1987); Handbook Of Experimental Immunology, Volumes I-IV (D. M.Weir and C. C. Blackwell, eds., 1986); Manipulating the Mouse Embryo,(Cold Spring Harbor Laboratory Press, Cold Spring Harbor, N.Y., 1986).

BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF THE DRAWINGS

[0334]FIG. 1. (A) Transcriptional activation in a previously describedE. coli-based genetic screen—developed by Hochschild and colleagues(refs 8,10)—for studying protein-DNA and protein-protein interactions.(B) Modified reporter template for our E. coli-based genetic selectionsystem. (C) Model for transcriptional activation of the P_(zif) promoterby fusion proteins Gal11P-Zif123 and αGal4. ZF1, ZF2, and ZF3 are thethree zinc fingers of the Zif268 protein.

[0335]FIG. 2. An E. coli-based selection system for identifying zincfinger variants from large randomized libraries. The left side of thefigure depicts a selection strain cell bearing a randomized zinc finger(white oval) that is unable to bind the target DNA subsite of interest(black box). This candidate fails to activate transcription of the weakpromoter controlling HIS3 expression and therefore cells expressing thiscandidate fail to grow on HIS selective medium. The right side of thefigure depicts a library candidate bearing a particular zinc finger (onemember of the randomized library) (black oval) that can bind the targetDNA site. This candidate can activate HIS3 expression and thereforecells expressing this candidate grow on HIS selective medium.

[0336]FIG. 3. Recognition helix sequences of fingers isolated by ourselection. For candidates that were isolated multiple times (as judgedby nucleotide sequence), the number of clones obtained is shown inparentheses. The consensus sequence(s) of fingers selected by phagedisplay for each target subsite are also shown (ref. 6, + denotes apositively charged residue, _ denotes no discernible preference).Asterisks indicate candidates with a 2 bp deletion downstream of thesequence encoding the recognition helix. Arrows illustrate a few of themost plausible potential base contacts.

[0337]FIG. 4. Illustrates the behavior of various fluorescent proteinsin the bacterial two-hybrid system.

[0338]FIG. 5. Isolation of positive candidates from a mock library usingflow cytometry.

[0339]FIG. 6. This graph depicts the results of a certain embodiment ofthe subject interaction trap assay wherein the bait and prey proteinexpression levels can be individually controlled.

[0340]FIG. 7. Description of the two color TZ reporter system used forthe experiment described in FIG. 8. In this reporter, EGFP and RFP areeach under the control of a weak promoter (pLac and a hybrid pRM/pLacrespectively). When a Gal11p containing bait protein binds to the Zif268site, it causes increased EGFP production which can be measured in,e.g., fluorescence channel 1 (Fli 1). Similarly, when the Gal11pcontaining bait protein binds to the T11 site, it causes increased RFPproduction, which can be measured in, e.g., fluorescence channel 2 (Fli2).

[0341]FIG. 8. This plot displays the results from three separateexperiments in which otherwise identical cells, each containing the twocolor TZ reporter (shown in FIG. 7), are expressing eitherGal11p-zif268, which should interact only with the Zif268 binding site;Gal11p-T11, which should interact only with the T11 site; andGal11p-Z12, which should interact with neither binding site. Each dotindicates the amount of EGFP and RFP signal for an individual cell. Thedata for 1000 cells from each group is shown.

[0342]FIG. 9. This figure shows the results of a certain embodiment ofthe subject interaction trap assay wherein a DNA-sequence can beselected which interacts with a specific protein.

DETAILED DESCRIPTION OF THE INVENTION

[0343] In order to address certain of the above-described deficienciesin the art, the inventors herein disclose various embodiments of the ITSwhich permit the use of interaction trap assays capable of analyzinglibraries exceeding the current limitation of 10⁷ candidate sequences byseveral orders of magnitude. Certain versions of the subject assays aredesigned for detecting DNA-protein interactions (including tests oftheir specificity), while other embodiments are designed for detectingprotein-protein interactions. Similar methods could be used to screenfor drugs that facilitate or interfere with such interactions. Onefeature of the subject assay which facilitates the search of largelibraries is that it permits a more exhaustive search of the sequencespace for transcriptional regulatory sequences and useful naturallyoccurring and/or synthetic polypeptides. In addition, methods thatpermit the simultaneous and independent measurement of multiplereporters and the isolation of cells with desired reporter geneexpression “profiles” are described (such methods can be in applied, inprinciple, to either prokaryotic or eukaryotic [e.g.—yeast or mammalian]cells). Finally, methods for constructing libraries of plasmids that canbe introduce and “rescued” from cells without the need fortransformation or plasmid isolation are described. This aspect of thesubject invention also provides a means for producing combinations ofinteracting pairs that exceed current limits of cell transformationefficiency.

[0344] The goal of all of the methods described in this application isto identify, modify, or optimize proteins, small molecules (drugs), ornucleic acid sequences with affinities and specifities for their targetinteraction partner(s) that permit them to function effectively in vivo.We note that the output of one or more of the methods disclosed here maybe one or more candidates (that is, a pool or enriched library ofcandidates) that have potentially desirable characteristics for use inin vivo contexts. Pools of candidates may also require additionaltesting in mammalian cells or other functional assays to determine whichcandidate(s) will be most useful in vivo.

[0345] I. Overview

[0346] A. High Throughput Analysis of Large Libraries.

[0347] The present invention provides several embodiments of detectiontechniques which facilitate the screening of large libraries ofsequences, e.g., greater than 10⁷ different sequences, and morepreferably greater than 10⁸, 10⁹, 10¹⁰, or 10¹¹ different sequences.

[0348] One of those embodiments, the use of flow cytometry with(optionally) multiple FACS-active reporters, is discussed further inSection I(B) below.

[0349] In another embodiment of the subject assay, the reporter geneencodes a gene product which confers a growth advantage (which is“tunable” in the preferred embodiment) to a prokaryotic host cell,rather than merely a visual screening marker. By “tunable”, it is meantthat the activity of the reporter gene product, and therefore thestringency of the ITS, can be adjusted, such as by use of a competitiveinhibitor of the reporter gene product. To further illustrate thisstrategy, we have discovered that, surprisingly, the HIS3 reporter gene,along with the use of 3AT, can be used to rescue a prokaryotic host cellin HIS selective media with sufficient stringency to be able tosuccessfully isolate interacting pairs from a large library of variants.Lack of stringency in other systems can result in isolation of asignificant population of background or breakthrough false positives, asdescribed in the Background section above. In large libraries, a highpercentage of false positives can make the isolation and identificationof true interactors time consuming, if not impossible. In the case ofthe HIS3 reporter, the use of 3AT (a competitive inhibitor of HIS3) canfacilitate the selection of cells in which the HIS3 reporter is highlyexpressed, and thereby lower the number of weak interactions/falsepositives in the enriched product.

[0350] Thus, the subject assay can be set up to utilize a reporter genesystem that reduces the number of false positive interactions to lessthan 50% of an enriched library, and more preferably less than 25percent, or even 10, 5 or 1 percent. In a preferred embodiment the assayreduces the occurrence rate of breakthrough false positives to less than1:10⁷, and even more preferably less than 1:10⁸, 1:10⁹ or even 1:10¹⁰.

[0351] B. Flow-ITS Embodiments

[0352] The flow-ITS technique of the present invention provides aninteraction trap system having a detection step in which expression ofthe reporter gene permits selection of cells by flow cytometry. Inpreferred embodiments, the assay also includes a preselection step inwhich the population of cells subjected to FACS analysis is pre-enrichedfor interactors. The subject assay relies on the use of reporter geneswhich express gene products that are (i) localized to the cell surface(a cell surface protein) and include an extracellular domain which canbe tagged with an antibody or other binding moiety, or (ii)fluorescently active, or both.

[0353] The first, though optional, step of the flow-ITS is a “pre-flowenrichment” step that permits throughput of extremely large numbers ofcells from the interaction trap (the “ITS cells”). In this step, ITScells that express a particular reporter cell surface protein areidentified and isolated in an affinity separation step. To accomplishthis, the ITS cells include a reporter gene which encodes a cell surfaceprotein (referred to herein as a “surface FACS tag” protein). Upondevelopment of the interaction trap, e.g., after sufficient time haselapsed such that expression of the reporter gene will have occurred incells in which the bait and prey proteins interact, the ITS cells areapplied to a matrix which can be sequestered and which includes a moietythat interacts with the surface FACS tag protein. In this manner, ITScells expressing the surface FACS tag can be sequestered on the matrixand thereby separated from ITS cells which do not express at least acertain threshold level of the surface FACS tag. As described in furtherdetail below, this pre-enrichment step permits the screening of initialITS cell populations exceeding 10¹³ cells per day using conventionalcolumns.

[0354] In other embodiments, a pre-flow enrichment step can be usedwherein the host cell also includes a reporter gene construct encoding agrowth selection marker, such as the HIS3 gene construct describedabove, which permits enrichment of the cell population by growthselection prior to the cytometric sorting step. In one embodiment, thereporter gene is a multicistronic reporter, e.g., the coding sequencefor the FACS tag and growth selection marker being under the control ofthe same transcriptional regulatory sequence(s) and arranged such that asingle mRNA transcript includes both coding sequence. In suchembodiments, it may be necessary to include other elements well known inthe art, such as internal ribosome entry sequences (IRES) and the likein order to obtain a suitable level of translation of the additionalcoding sequences found in the transcript.

[0355] The second step of the subject flow-ITS involves the use offluorescence activated cell sorting (FACS) techniques. In this step, ITScells expressing a reporter gene encoding a surface FACS tag or afluorescently active polypeptide (whether localized to the cytoplasm orcell surface), can be detected and thus can be isolated by flowcytometry. As described in further detail below, state-of-the-art FACStechniques can sort cells at rates up to 70,000 cells/sec in “puritysort mode” (wherein the resultant sorted population of cells isrelatively pure), and at rates of greater than 100,000 cells/sec in“enrich mode” (wherein the resultant sorted population of cells is lesspure) (www.cytomation.com/noncomm/products/prod_cyto_mls.html). Thus,with currently available FACS technology, greater than 6×10⁹ cells canbe sorted per day.

[0356] In addition, modern FACS equipment can simultaneously sort basedon fluorescence at different wavelengths, e.g., can detect theexpression of two or more different reporter genes and gate cells forisolation accordingly.

[0357] In particular embodiments, it may be desirable to provide two ormore reporter gene constructs which are chosen because of a desire todetermine if their expression is regulated by interaction of the baitand prey proteins and transcriptional regulatory elements of eachreporter. The reporter genes can both encode direct FACS tags, indirectFACS tags, or a combination thereof. One or more of the reporter genescan encode a polypeptide which can be used in the pre-flow enrichmentstep described below.

[0358] The simultaneous expression of the various reporter genes(whether provided on the same or separate plasmids) provides a means fordistinguishing actual interaction of the bait and prey proteins andtranscriptional regulatory elements from, e.g., mutations or otherspurious activation of the reporter gene and also provides a means forselecting proteins with the desired specificity. In one embodiment of amultiple reporter assay, the subject flow-ITS can be used to identify aDNA binding domain (as described in further detail below). For instance,multiple reporter gene constructs can be used in order to permitisolation of domains with selective binding activity. For example, theITS host cell can include one or more reporter genes havingtranscriptional regulatory sequences for which a DNA binding domain issought. At the same time, the cells can also include one or morereporter genes, encoding different FACS markers than above, under thecontrol of transcriptional regulatory sequences for which it is desiredthat the DBD being sought does not bind to or activate expression from.Thus, cells can be sorted on the basis of differential expression of thereporter genes. Extensions of this method could be developed to analyzethe specificity of protein-protein interactions (see example inBackground above).

[0359] The prokaryotic interaction trap systems described herein provideadvantages over the conventional eukaryotic ITS. For example, thetransformation frequency of prokaryotic cells permits the creation ofhost cells harboring libraries larger than 10⁷. The use of bacterialhost cells to generate an interaction trap system also provides a systemwhich is generally easier to manipulate genetically relative to theeukaryotic systems. Furthermore, bacterial host cells are easier topropagate. The shorter doubling times for bacteria will often providefor development of a FACS-detectable signal in the ITS in a shorter timeperiod than would be obtained with a eukaryotic ITS.

[0360] Yet another benefit which may be realized by the use of theprokaryotic ITS is lower spurious activation relative to, e.g., the ITSfusion proteins employed in yeast. In eukaryotic cells, spurioustranscription activation by a bait polypeptide having a high acidicresidue content can be problematic. This is not expected to animpediment for the use of such bait polypeptides in the prokaryotic ITS.

[0361] Another benefit in the use of the prokaryotic ITS is that, incontrast to the eukaryotic systems, nuclear localization of the bait andprey polypeptides is not a concern in bacterial cells.

[0362] Still another advantage of the use of the prokaryotic ITS can berealized where the bait and/or prey polypeptides are derived fromeukaryotic sources, such as human. One problem which can occur whenusing the yeast-based ITS of the prior art is that mammalian/eukaryoticderived bait or prey may retain sufficient biological activity in yeastcells so as to confound the results of the ITS. The greater evolutionarydivergence between mammals and bacteria reduces the likelihood of asimilar problem in the prokaryotic ITS of the present invention.

[0363] C. Directed Evolution

[0364] Moreover, the subject method can be used for directed evolutioninvolving protein-protein interactions, protein-DNA interactions,protein-drug interactions, or drug-DNA interactions. For instance,identified interacting pairs can be improved by additional rounds ofmutagenesis, selection, and amplification, e.g., diversity can beintroduced into one or both of the identified interacting pair, and theresulting library screened according to the present invention. The goalmay be, for instance, to use such a process to optimize the bindingcharacteristics, e.g., for tighter binders and/or better selectivity inbinding. Diversity can be introduced by most any standard mutagenesistechnique, such as by irradiation, chemical treatment, low fidelityreplication, use of randomized PCR primters, etc (see below). Moreover,the ability to selectively control (tune) the stringency of theisolation/detection step (and therefore provide the user with theability to set specific cutoffs of windows) in the subject assay formator to use multiple FACS tags and thus directly test for specificity canbe extremely beneficial for directed evolution approaches.

[0365] D. Selecting DNA-protein Interactions

[0366] In addition to protein-protein interactions, the various ITSembodiments described herein can be used to identify protein-DNAinteractions. DNA-binding proteins, such as transcription factors, arecritical regulators of gene expression. For example, transcriptionalregulatory proteins are known to play a key role in cellular signaltransduction pathways which convert extracellular signals into alteredgene expression (Curran and Franza, (1988) Cell 55:395-397). DNA-bindingproteins also play critical roles in the control of cell growth and inthe expression of viral and bacterial genes. A large number ofbiological and clinical protocols, including among others, gene therapy,production of biological materials, and biological research, depend onthe ability to elicit specific and high-level expression of genesencoding RNAs or proteins of therapeutic, commercial, or experimentalvalue. Such gene expression is very often dependent on protein-DNAinteractions.

[0367] E. Construction of Phagemid-Based Libraries

[0368] Another aspect of the present invention describes a method forconstructing protein-encoding libraries that (once constructed usingstandard transformation procedures) can be introduced into bacterialcells without the need for additional transformation. Members of thislibrary can then be “rescued” from bacterial cells without the need toperform labor-intensive plasmid extraction and introduced into bacterialcells again without the need for transformation. This method isparticularly useful for library vs. library screening/selectionexperiments, for directed or continuous evolution strategies, for serialselection protocols designed to reduce background false positives, andfor automating the processing and re-testing of positive candidates froma screen/selection.

[0369] One embodiment of this aspect of the invention is to constructprotein-encoding libraries on phagemid vectors. Phagemid vectors(e.g.—pBluescriptIISK+ or pBR-GP-Z12BbsI [from Example 1 below]) harbortwo origins of replication: one (e.g.—ColEI origin) permits replicationas a standard multicopy, double-stranded plasmid and the second (e.g.—F1origin) permits replication as a single-stranded filamentous phagegenome IF phage-encoded proteins are also expressed in the cell.Infection of cells harboring the double-stranded phagemid with afilamentous helper phage (attenuated in its ability to replicate bymutations in its own origin of replication) results in the production ofinfectious phage particles containing single-stranded versions of thephagemid. Even if multiple plasmids are present in the cell (as is thecase for most ITS experiments), the phagemid can be selectively rescuedas phage using this system. These phage particles can be used to“infect” new bacterial cells resulting in the introduction of thesingle-stranded phagemid which then replicates as a standarddouble-stranded plasmid. (Note that cells can only be infected if theyexpress an F pilus.) Thus, this methodology permits the rescue ofphagemids from cells by infection with a helper phage and theirsubsequent introduction into fresh cells by simple infection.

[0370] This phagemid-based technology can be used to facilitate largelibrary vs. library experiments. For example, one could create a libraryof 10⁶ or more prey proteins by introducing them into E. coli usingstandard transformation methods and then “rescuing” the library as phageby infecting the transformed cells with a helper phage. One could alsocreate a library of 10⁶ or more bait proteins by introducing them intoan E. coli strain harboring a measurable reporter gene by standardtransformation techniques. To cross the libraries one would simplyinfect the bait library of cells with the prey library of phage (usingan excess of cells over phage to ensure that each cell is on averageonly infected by one phage) and look for activated expression of thereporter gene. Since one is not limited by transformation efficiencies,in theory one should be able to use enough cells and phage to ensurecoverage of nearly all possible ˜10¹² or more pairwise combinations.

[0371] The phagemid-based method is also useful for experimentsrequiring serial selection/screening (e.g.—for directed evolutionapproaches). For example, one could create a library as phage, infect areporter strain of interest, perform the selection/screen, and thenrescue positives again as phage. This enriched pool of phage could thenbe mutagenized (e.g.—by infection of and replication in a mutatorstrain) and then reintroduced into a reporter strain for the next roundof selection/screening. This process could be continued for many cyclesto obtain the desired candidates.

[0372] In addition, phagemid rescue can be used to enrich a library whentrue positives are rare relative to the background breakthrough rate ofa particular selection/screen (that is, spontaneously occurring falsepositives). As described in greater detail in Example 1 below (see NREselection results), rescue of phagemids from an intial selectionfollowed by reintroduction and reselection in fresh reporter straincells can enrich for true positives relative to false positives whosephenotype is not linked to the presence of the phagemid.

[0373] The ability to easily rescue and reintroduce library phagemidsalso facilitates the analysis of potential interactors obtained fromselections or screens in several ways: 1) Phagemid-linkage testing. Animportant test of whether a phagemid-encoded library candidate is a truepositive is whether altered expression of the reporter gene is linkedwith the phagemid (that is, does the phagemid when isolated andreintroduced into the reporter strain still activate expression of thereporter?). Linkage testing is greatly facilitated when performed by thephagemid-based system. Infection of phagemid-containing cells withhelper phage results in the selective “rescue” of only the phagemid andnot other plasmids typically present in the ITS reporter strain. Thisrescue by phage infection is much faster than alternative protocolsinvolving plasmid isolation followed by retransformation into anintermediate bacterial strain to separate the plasmid encoding thelibrary candidate from other plasmids in the cell. 2) Tests ofinteraction specificity. Rescued phagemids can also be easily introducedinto a number of reporter strains expressing different interactiontargets to test their specificity of interaction. Simple infection ofthese reporter strains by phage is much easier than alternative methodsinvolving transformation (which would require making all reporterstrains competent and then performing multiple transformations). 3)Preparation of DNA for sequencing. Phage (harboring candidate phagemids)can also be used to infect standard cloning strains (e.g.—XL1-Blue) toprepare clonal DNA for sequencing. Again, no transformation is necessaryto effect transfer of the phagemid to a strain suitable for preparingplasmid DNA. Example 1 below illustrates the use of phagemid rescue tofacilitate phagemid-linkage testing, tests of interaction specificity,and preparation of DNA for sequencing.

[0374] II. Definitions

[0375] Before further description of the invention, certain termsemployed in the specification, examples and appended claims are, forconvenience, collected here.

[0376] The term “prokaryote” is art recognized and refers to aunicellular organism lacking a true nucleus and nuclear membrane, havinggenetic material composed of a single loop of naked double-stranded DNA.Prokaryotes with the exception of mycoplasmas have a rigid cell wall. Insome systems of classification, a division of the kingdom Prokaryotae,Bacteria include all prokaryotic organisms that are not blue-green algae(Cyanophyceac). In other systems, prokaryotic organisms without a truecell wall are considered to be unrelated to the Bacteria and are placedin a separate class—the Mollicutes.

[0377] The term “bacteria” is art recognized and refers to certainsingle-celled microorganisms of about 1 micrometer in diameter; mostspecies have a rigid cell wall. They differ from other organisms(eukaryotes) in lacking a nucleus and membrane-bound organelles and alsoin much of their biochemistry.

[0378] The term “eukaryote” is an art recognized term which refers to anorganism whose cells have a distinct nucleus, multiple chromosomes, anda mitotic cycle. Eukaryotic cells include cell from animals, plants, andfungi, but not bacteria or algae.

[0379] As used herein, “recombinant cells” include any cells that havebeen modified by the introduction of heterologous DNA.

[0380] As used herein, the terms “heterologous DNA” or “heterologousnucleic acid” is meant to include DNA that does not occur naturally aspart of the genome in which it is present, or DNA which is found in alocation or locations in the genome that differs from that in which itoccurs in nature, or occurs extra-chromasomally, e.g., as part of aplasmid.

[0381] By “protein” or “polypeptide” is meant a sequence of amino acidsof any length, constituting all or a part of a naturally-occurringpolypeptide or peptide, or constituting a non-naturally-occurringpolypeptide or peptide (e.g., a randomly generated peptide sequence orone of an intentionally designed collection of peptide sequences).

[0382] The terms “chimeric”, “fusion” and “composite” are used to denotea protein, peptide domain or nucleotide sequence or molecule containingat least two component portions which are mutually heterologous in thesense that they are not, otherwise, found directly (covalently) linkedin nature. More specifically, the component portions are not found inthe same continuous polypeptide or gene in nature, at least not in thesame order or orientation or with the same spacing present in thechimeric protein or composite domain. Such materials contain componentsderived from at least two different proteins or genes or from at leasttwo non-adjacent portions of the same protein or gene. Compositeproteins, and DNA sequences which encode them, are recombinant in thesense that they contain at least two constituent portions which are nototherwise found directly linked (covalently) together in nature.

[0383] By a “DNA binding domain” or “DBD” is meant a polypeptidesequence which is capable of directing specific polypeptide binding to aparticular DNA sequence (i.e., to a DBD recognition element). The term“domain” in this context is not intended to be limited to a singlediscrete folding domain. Rather, consideration of a polypeptide as a DBDfor use in the bait fusion protein can be made simply by the observationthat the polypeptide has a specific DNA binding activity. DNA bindingdomains, like activation tags, can be derived from proteins ranging fromnaturally occurring proteins to completely artificial sequences.

[0384] The term “activation tag” refers to a molecule capable ofaffecting transcriptional activation on its own or by assembling, orrecruiting, an active polymerase complex. In various embodiments, theactivation tag may be a polypeptide, a nucleic acid or a small moleucle.In certain embodiments, the activation tag is an RNA polymerase, an RNApolymerase subunit, a functional fragment of an RNA polymerase, or afunctional fragment of an RNA polymerase subunit. In other embodiments,the activation tag is a polypeptide, nucleic acid or small moleucle,that can directly interact with RNA polymerase, an RNA polymerasesubunit, a functional fragment of an RNA polymerase, a functionalfragment of an RNA polymerase subunit, a molecule covalently fused toRNA polymerase, a molecule covalently fused to an RNA polymerasesubunit, a molecule covalently fused to a functional fragment of RNApolymerase, or a molecule covalently fused to a functional fragment ofan RNA polymerase subunit. In still other embodiments, the activationtag is a molecule (polypeptide, nucleic acid, or small molecule) whichinteracts indirectly with RNA polymerase, an RNA polymerase subunit, afunctional fragment of an RNA polymerase, or a functional fragment of anRNA polymerase subunit, via at least one intermediary molecule(polypeptide, nucleic acid, or small molecule), wherein the intermediarymolecule can functionally link the activation tag to RNA polymerase, anRNA polymerase subunit, a functional fragment of an RNA polymerase, or afunctional fragment of an RNA polymerase subunit. Activation tags can beknown sequences or molecules or can be derived from random libraries orpolypeptide, nucleic acids, small molecules.

[0385] The terms “recombinant protein”, “heterologous protein” and“exogenous protein” are used interchangeably throughout thespecification and refer to a polypeptide which is produced byrecombinant DNA techniques, wherein generally, DNA encoding thepolypeptide is inserted into a suitable expression vector which is inturn used to transform a host cell to produce the heterologous protein.That is, the polypeptide is expressed from a heterologous nucleic acid.

[0386] As used herein, a “reporter gene construct” is a nucleic acidthat includes a “reporter gene” operatively linked to transcriptionalregulatory sequences. Transcription of the reporter gene is controlledby these sequences. The activity of at least one or more of thesecontrol sequences is directly or indirectly regulated by atranscriptional complex recruited by virtue of interaction of the DBDwith its binding site and between the bait and prey fusion proteins. Thetranscriptional regulatory sequences can include a promoter and otherregulatory regions that modulate the activity of the promoter, orregulatory sequences that modulate the activity or efficiency of the RNApolymerase that recognizes the promoter. Such sequences are hereincollectively referred to as transcriptional regulatory elements orsequences. The reporter gene construct will also include a “DBDrecognition element” which is a nucleotide sequence that is specificallybound by the DNA binding domain of the bait fusion protein. The DBDrecognition element is located sufficiently proximal to the promotersequence of the reporter gene so as to cause increased reporter geneexpression upon recruitment of an RNA polymerase complex by a baitfusion protein bound at the recognition element.

[0387] As used herein, a “reporter gene” is a gene whose expression maybe detected. For example, in the case of the subject flow-ITS,expression of the reporter may be detected by, e.g., flow cytometryand/or affinity chromatography; reporter genes may encode any protein ornucleic acid that provides a cell surface marker, e.g,, a surfaceantigen for which specific antibodies/ligands are available, or aprotein or nucleic acid otherwise detectable by FACS analysis. In otherembodiments, the reporter gene encodes a protein or nucleic acid whichconfers a selectable growth phenotype to the host cell.

[0388] By “operably linked” is meant that a gene and transcriptionalregulatory sequence(s) are connected in such a way as to permitexpression of the gene in a manner dependent upon factors interactingwith the regulatory sequence(s). In the case of the reporter gene, atleast one DNA binding domain (DBD) recognition element will also beoperably linked to the reporter gene such that transcription of thereporter gene will be dependent, at least in part, upon bait-preycomplexes bound to the recognition element. Although, as explained, asingle fusion protein with a covalently attached activation tag may beused when selecting DBDs on their binding sites.

[0389] The terms “basic promoter” or “minimal promoter”, as used herein,are intended to refer to the minimal transcriptional regulatory sequencethat is capable of initiating transcription of a selected DNA sequenceto which it is operably linked. This term is intended to represent apromoter element providing basal transcription.

[0390] The term “transcription factor” refers to any protein or modifiedform thereof that is involved in the initiation of transcription butwhich is not itself a part of the polymerase. Transcription factors areproteins or modified forms thereof, which interact preferentially withspecific nucleic acid sequences, i.e., regulatory elements, and which inappropriate conditions stimulate transcription (“transcriptionalactivators”) or repress transcription (“transcriptional repressors”).Some transcription factors are active when they are in the form of amonomer. Alternatively, other transcription factors are active in theform of oligomers consisting of two or more identical proteins ordifferent proteins (heterodimer). The factors have different actionsduring the transcription initiation: they may interact with otherfactors, with the RNA polymerase, with the entire complex, withactivators, or with DNA. The factors are generally classifiable into twogroups: (i) the general transcription factors, and (ii) thetranscription activators. Transcription factors usually contain one ormore regulatory domains. However, note that some constructs can use DBDscovalently attached to polymerase subunits.

[0391] The term “regulatory domain” refers to any domain which regulatestranscription, and includes both activation and repression domains. Theterm “activation domain” denotes a domain in a transcription factorwhich positively regulates (increases) the rate of gene transcription.The term “repression domain” denotes a domain in a transcription factorwhich negatively regulates (inhibits or decreases) the rate of genetranscription.

[0392] The term “transcriptional activator” as used herein refers to aprotein or protein complex which is capable of activating expression ofa gene. Thus, as used herein, a transcriptional activator can be asingle protein or alternatively it can be composed of several units atleast some of which are not covalently linked to each other. Atranscriptional activator typically has a modular structure, i.e.,comprises various domains, such as a DNA binding domain, and one or moretranscriptional activation tags.

[0393] The term “cofactor” which is used interchangeably herein with theterms “co-activator”, “adaptor” and “mediator” refers to proteins whicheither enhance or repress transcription in a non-gene specific manner,e.g., which lack intrinsic DNA binding specificity. Thus, cofactors aregeneral effectors. Positively acting cofactors do not stimulate basaltranscription, but enhance the response to an activator.

[0394] A “dimerization domain” is defined as a domain that inducesformation of dimers between two proteins having that domain, while a“tetramerization domain” is defined as a domain that induces formationof tetramers amongst proteins containing the tetramerization domain. An“oligomerization domain”, generic for both dimerization andtetramerization domains, facilitates formation of oligomers, which canbe of any subunit stoiechiometry (of course greater than one).

[0395] The term “interact” as used herein is meant to include detectableinteractions between molecules. Interactions may be, for example,protein-protein,protein-nucleic acid, drug-protein, or drug-nucleicacid.

[0396] By “covalently bonded” it is meant that two domains are joined bycovalent bonds, directly or indirectly. That is, the “covalently bonded”proteins or protein moieties may be immediately contiguous or may beseparated by stretches of one or more amino acids within the same fusionprotein.

[0397] By “altering the expression of the reporter gene” is meant astatistically significant increase or decrease in the expression of thereporter gene to the extent required for detection of a change in theassay being employed. It will be appreciated that the degree of changewill vary depending upon the type of reporter gene construct or reportergene expression assay being employed, as between FACS sorting and growthselection.

[0398] The terms “fluorescently active” and “fluorescent label” refer tothe ability to emit radiation of a given wavelength as a result ofexcitement with radiation of a different wavelength than that emitted.Typically, fluorescent reporter groups are detected by exciting thereporter group with a higher energy light and then detecting theemission of some of the absorbed energy as a lower energy light. Theterm is also intended herein to cover chemiluminescent, phosphorescentas well as fluorescent materials. The exciting radiation isconventionally ultraviolet or visible light but may be infrared or otherelectromagnetic radiation.

[0399] As used herein, the term “fluorophore” is inclusive offluorophore and fluorescent compounds known to be useful in flowcytometry Preferably, the fluorophore is phycoerythrin (PE) orfluoresceinisothiocyanate (FITC), but other useful fluorophores areknown in the art.

[0400] The terms “interactors”, “interacting proteins” and “candidateinteractors” are used interchangeably herein and refer to a set ofproteins which are able to form complexes with one another, preferablynon-covalent complexes.

[0401] By “test protein” or “test polypeptide” is meant all or a portionof one of a pair of interacting proteins provided as part of the bait orprey fusion proteins.

[0402] By “randomly generated” is meant sequences having nopredetermined sequence; this is contrasted with “intentionally designed”sequences which have a DNA or protein sequence or motif determined priorto their synthesis.

[0403] The terms “directed evolution” and “creation by directedevolution” mean bringing forth a sequence not found in nature which,e.g., encodes a novel molecule or DBD binding domain by mutating orrandomizing genes and then imposingrationally designed selectionconditions and pressures. This may proceed through several cycles withincreasingly stringent selection/screening criteria.

[0404] The term “mutagenesis” refers to techniques for the creation ofheterogeneous population of genes, e.g., by irradiation, chemicaltreatment, low fidelity replication, etc.

[0405] By “amplification” or “clonal amplification” is meant a processwhereby the density of host cells having a given phenotype is increased.

[0406] The terms “pool” of polypeptides, “polypeptide library” or“combinatorial polypeptide library” are used interchangeably herein toindicate a variegated ensemble of polypeptide sequences, where thediversity of the library may result from cloning or be generated bymutagenesis or randomization. The terms “pool” of genes, “gene library”or “combinatorial gene library” have a similar meaning, indicating avariegated ensemble of nucleic acids.

[0407] By “screening” is meant a process whereby a gene library issurveyed to determine whether there exists within this population one ormore genes which encode a polypeptide having a particular bindingcharacteristic(s) in the interaction trap assay.

[0408] By “selection” is meant a process whereby candidates from alibrary are expressed in specialized cells, and these cells aresubjected to growth conditions (selective conditions) under which onlythose cells in which expression of a reporter gene is measurably alteredwill survive or grow.

[0409] The term “breakthrough false positive” or “background falsepositive” refers to host cells in which expression of the reporter geneoccurs, e.g., by at least a statistically significant amount, in amanner which is independent on the interaction of the bait and preyproteins (in the case of a two hybrid assay) and the bait and DNA targetsequence (in the case of a one hybrid assay).

[0410] The term “zinc finger protein” or “ZFPs” or “zinc fingerpolypeptide” refers to proteins that bind to DNA, RNA and/or protein, ina sequence-specific manner, by virtue of a metal stabilized domain knownas a zinc finger. See, for example, Miller et al. (1985) EMBO J4:1609-1614; Rhodes et al. (1993) Sci. Amer. February:56-65; and Klug(1999) J. Mol. Biol. 293:215-218. The most widely represented class ofZFPs, known as the C₂H₂ ZFPs, comprises proteins that are composed ofzinc fingers that contain two conserved cysteine residues and twoconserved histidine residues. Over 10,000 C₂H₂ zinc fingers have beenidentified in several thousand known or putative transcription factors.Each C₂H₂ zinc finger domain comprises a conserved sequence ofapproximately 30 amino acids that contains the invariant cysteines andhistidines in the following arrangement:-Cys-(X)₂₋₄-Cys-(X)₁₂-His-(X)₃₋₅-His (SEQ ID NO: 1). In animal genomes,polynucleotide sequences encoding this conserved amino acid sequencemotif are usually found as a series of tandem duplications, leading tothe formation of multi-finger domains within a particular transcriptionfactor. As used herein, “zinc finger protein” refers to known zincfinger proteins, or fragments thereof, or to novel polypeptides isolatedby the methods of the invention.

[0411] The terms “phage vector” and “phagemid” are art-recognized andgenerally refer to a vector derived by modification of a phage genome,containing an origin of replication for a bacteriophage, and preferably,though optional, an origin (ori) for a bacterial plasmid. In certainembodiments, a library of replicable phage vectors, especially phagemids(as defined herein), encoding a library of fusion proteins and/orreporter gene constructs, is generated and used to transform suitablehost cells.

[0412] The term “helper phage” refers to a phage which is impaired ordefective in its ability to replicate. The defect can be one whichresults from removal, mutation, or inactivation of phage genomicsequence required for phage replication. Helper phage can be used toinfect cells harboring a phagemid resulting in the production ofinfectious phage particles primarily harboring single-standed DNA formsof the phagemid. Examples of helper phage include M13K07, VCS-M13, M13derivatives, and f1 derivatives.

[0413] The phrase “varying the growth conditions of the host cell,” orthe like, refers to changing or modifying any environmental factor whichmay affect the growth of a cell, including, for example, changing thecomposition of the growth medium, adding a drug to the growth medium,changing the temperature at which the cells are grown, changing theagitation rate to which the cells are exposed, changing the length oftime the cells are grown, changing the amount of light to which thecells are exposed, changing the amount of CO₂ and/or O₂ to which thecells are exposed, etc.

[0414] The term “desired expression level,” or the like, refers to thelevel of expression of a reporter gene which produces a useful means forselecting of a population of cells comprising a test polypeptide thatmay or may not interact with at least one other polypeptide or at leastone nucleic acid (DNA or RNA) sequence. In various embodiments, adesired expression level refers to an increase, a decrease, or no changein the level of the reporter gene as compared to the basal level ofexpression of the reporter gene. In other embodiments, a desiredexpression level refers to an increase, a decrease, or no change in thelevel of the reporter gene upon application of an external factor ascompared to the level of expression of the reporter gene beforeapplication of the external factor. The external factor can be anythingwhich varies the growth conditions of the cell, as described herein, andin a particular embodiment refers to contacting the host cell with atest agent.

[0415] The term “translational element” refers to any nucleic acidsequence which is sufficient to permit translation of an RNA sequenceinto a polypeptide. In certain embodiments, the translational elementrefers only to a start codon (ATG), whereas in other embodiments, itrefers to a sequence comprising a start codon, ribosome binding sites,etc.

[0416] The phrase “analyzed by FACS,” or the like, as used herein, ismeant to include monitoring and/or sorting of a population of cellsusing FACS.

[0417] The terms “agent” or “test agent” are used herein interchangeablyand are meant to include, but are not limited to, peptides, nucleicacids, carbohydrates, small organic molecules, natural product extracts,and libraries thereof.

[0418] The term “agonize” as used herein, refers to an augmentation ofthe formation of a protein-protein or protein-DNA complex, whereinaugmentation may mean an increase in the amount of, or the increase inthe duration of, a complex.

[0419] The term “antagonize”, as used herein, refers to an inhibition ofthe formation of a protein-protein or protein-DNA complex, whereininhibition may mean a decrease in the amount or duration of a complex.tive site.

[0420] The term “tunable” or “tunable selection” refers to the abilityto control the degree of growth advantage conferred by a reporter genebeing expressed in a cell by varying the growth conditions of the cell.

[0421] The term “imp⁻ strain” refers to a strain of bacteria containinga mutation in the increased membrane permeability locus leading toincreased permeability of the outer membrane of the cell (Sampson etal., Genetics 122(3): 491-501 (1989)).

[0422] The term “differentially interact,” or the like, refers to theability of a first molecule (a polypeptide, nucleic acid, or smallmolecule) to interact with at least two other test molecules(polypeptides, nucleic acids, or small molecules). In variousembodiments, a first molecule will differentially interact with twoother test molecules wherein it (i) interacts strongly with both testmolecules, (ii) interacts strongly with one of the test molecules andweakly with the other test molecule, or (iii) interacts weakly with bothtest molecules.

[0423] The term “differentially modulates,” or the like, as used herein,refers to the ability of a test agent to affect the interaction of afirst molecule (a polypeptide, nucleic acid, or small molecule) with atleast two other test molecules (polypeptides, nucleic acids, or smallmolecules). In various embodiments, a test agent will differentiallymodulate the interaction of a first molecule with two other testmolecules wherein it (i) strongly affects the interaction of the firstmolecule with both test molecules, (ii) strongly affects the interactionof the first molecule with one of the test molecules and weakly affectsthe interaction of the first molecule with the other test molecule, or(iii) weakly affects the interaction of the first molecule with bothtest molecules.

[0424] The term “interacts to a desired extent,” or the like, refers toan interaction between molecules (polypeptide-polypeptide orpolypeptide-nucleic acid) which results in a desired level of expressionof a reporter gene, in accord with the methods of the invention. Adesired extent of interaction may be a strong interaction between twomolecules, a weak interaction between two molecules, or no interactionbetween two molecules. Additionally, a desired extent of interaction mayresult in an increase, a decrease, or no change in the level ofexpression of the reporter gene as compared to the basal level ofexpression of the reporter gene in accord with the various embodimentsof the invention.

[0425] The term “basal expression level” refers to the level ofexpression that occurs in the absence of a productive interactionbetween two polypeptides or a polypeptide and a DNA sequence.

[0426] III. Exemplary Embodiments for ITS Reagents

[0427] Before describing the various embodiments of the subjectinteraction trap assays, we first provide a generic description of the“bait” and “prey” proteins and reporter gene constructs used in thevarious assays formats. It is noted that the following description ofparticular arrangements of test polypeptide sequences in terms of beingpart of the bait or prey fusion proteins is, in general, arbitrary. Aswill be apparent from the description, the test polypeptide portions ofany given pair of interacting bait and prey fusion proteins may, incertain embodiments, be swapped with each other.

[0428] A. Bait Protein Constructs for Two Hybrid Format

[0429] One of the first steps in the use of the interaction trap systemof the present invention is to construct the bait fusion protein.Sequences encoding a first interacting domain are cloned in-frame to asequence encoding, depending on the embodiment, a known or potential(test) DNA binding domain (DBD), e.g., a polypeptide which mayspecifically bind to a defined nucleotide sequence of a reporter geneconstruct. A basic requirement for the bait fusion protein is that italone causes little or no transcriptional activation of the reportergene in the absence of an interacting prey fusion protein or DNAsequence. In addition, the DBD and interacting domain should not affectthe activity of the other. (However, when selecting DBDs or theirbinding sites from a variegated library, the DBD may be fused directlyto the activation domain or the polymerase subunit.)

[0430] B. Prey Protein Constructs for Two Hybrid Format

[0431] The subject assay also utilizes a chimeric prey protein. Inpreferred embodiments, the prey fusion protein comprises: (1) a secondinteracting domain, capable of forming an intermolecular associationwith the first interacting domain of the bait polypeptide, and (2) anactivation tag, such as a polymerase interacting domain or a polymerasesubunit. As described above, protein-protein contact between the baitand prey fusion proteins (via the interacting domains) links theDNA-binding domain of the bait fusion protein with the polymeraseinteraction domain (or a polymerase subunit) of the prey fusion protein,generating a protein complex capable of directly recruiting a functionalRNA polymerase enzyme to promoter sequences proximal to the DNA-boundbait protein, i.e., activating transcription of the reporter gene.

[0432] DNA dependent RNA polymerase in E. coli and other bacteriaconsists of an enzymatic core composed of subunits α, β, and β′ in thestoichiometry α₂ββ′, and one of several alternative σ factorsresponsible for specific promoter recognition. In one embodiment, theprey fusion protein includes a sufficient portion of the amino-terminaldomain of the α subunit to permit assembly of transcriptionally activeRNA polymerase complexes which include the prey fusion protein. The αsubunit, which initiates the assembly of RNA polymerase by forming adimer, has two independently folded domains (Ebright et al. (1995) CurrOpin Genet Dev 5:197). The larger amino-terminal domain (α-NTD) mediatesdimerization and the subsequent assembly of the polymerase complex. Theprey polypeptide can be fused in frame to the α-NTD, or a fragment ormutant thereof, which retains the ability to assemble a functional RNApolymerase complex.

[0433] The present invention also contemplates the use of polymeraseinteraction domains containing portions of other RNA polymerase subunitsor portions of molecules which associate with an RNA polymerase subunitor subunits. Contemporary models of the polymerase complex predict asubstantial degree of intramolecular motion within the transcriptioncomplex. Movement of parts of the enzyme complex relative to each otheris believed to be realized by structurally independent domains, such asthe N-terminal and C-terminal domains of the α subunit described above.Accordingly, it is possible that the paradigm of transcriptionalactivation realized with fusion proteins incorporating only a portion ofthe subunit is also applicable to fusion proteins generated withportions of other polymerase subunits, e.g., with portions of the β, β′,ω and/or σ subunits. The use of portions of such other subunits togenerate a prey fusion protein are, like the α-NTD example above, usefulif they provide fusion proteins which retain the ability to form activepolymerase complexes. For example, Severinov et al. (1995) PNAS 92:4591describes the ability of fragments of the β subunit (encoded by the Ecoli rpoB gene) to reconstitute a functional polymerase enzyme. It isnoted that it may be a formal requirement of embodiments utilizing preyfusion proteins including PIDS of the β, β′, ω and/or σ subunits thatother fragments of the subunit be provided, e.g., co-expressed, in thehost cell. See also, Dove et al. (1997) Nature 386:627.

[0434] Additionally, given the general conservation of the polymerasesubunits amongst bacteria, the present invention also specificallycontemplates prey fusion proteins derived with polymerase interactiondomains of RNA polymerase subunits from other bacteria e.g.,Staphylococcus aureus (Deora et al. (1995) Biochem Biophys Res Commun208:610), Bacillus subtilis, etc.

[0435] In an alternative embodiment, instead of a polymerase interactiondomain, the prey fusion protein can include an activation domain of atranscriptional activator protein. The bait fusion protein, by formingDNA bound complexes with the prey fusion protein, can indirectly recruitRNA polymerase complexes to the promoter sequences of the reporter gene,thus activating transcription of the reporter gene. To illustrate, theactivation domain can be derived from such transcription factors as PhoBor OmpR. The critical consideration in the choice of the activationdomain is its ability to interact with RNA polymerase subunits orcomplexes in the host cell in such a way as to be able to activatetranscription of the reporter gene.

[0436] C. Bait Protein Constructs for One Hybrid Format

[0437] In certain embodiments of the subject invention, the interactiontrap assay is designed to detect interaction between a potential DNAbinding domain and a potential DBD recognition element. In thoseembodiments, it is not necessary that the transcriptional activiationactivity be separated from the bait protein into the prey protein, as itis in the two hybrid format. Thus, in a one hybrid format, sequencesencoding a known or potential (test) DNA binding domain (DBD), e.g., apolypeptide which may specifically bind to a defined nucleotide sequenceof a reporter gene construct fused in frame to an activation domain,such as a PID. As above, the basic requirement for the bait fusionprotein is that it alone causes little or no transcriptional activationof the reporter gene in the absence of interaction with the DBDrecognition sequence of the reporter gene. In addition, the DBD andactivation domain should not affect the activity of the other.

[0438] D. Reporter Gene Constructs

[0439] The level of reporter gene expression ultimately measures the endstage of the above described cascade of events, e.g., transcriptionalmodulation, and permits the isolation and/or amplification of ITS hostcells in a manner dependent on the interaction of the bait and preyproteins and the transcriptional regulatory element of the reportergene. Accordingly, in practicing one embodiment of the assay, a reportergene construct is inserted into the reagent cell. Typically, thereporter gene construct will include one or more reporter genes inoperative linkage with one or more transcriptional regulatory elementswhich include, or are linked to, at least one known or potential DBDrecognition element for the DBD of the bait fusion protein. In variousembodiments, the reporter gene construct may contain at least one, two,three, four, or five known or potential DBD recognition elements. Basedon the teachings described herein, those of skill in the art couldreadily identify or synthesize reporter genes and transcriptionalregulatory elements useful in the subject methods. (When testingspecificity, one also may have reporters with binding sites that youwould prefer the protein not recognize.) Further detail is providedbelow.

[0440] IV. Exemplary Embodiments for Analysis of Large Libraries byGrowth Selection

[0441] We have discovered that use of selectable reporter genes whichconfer a growth advantage to a prokaryotic host cell, rather than merelya visual selection marker allows the interaction trap assay to be usedto screen libraries of potential protein-protein or protein-DNAinteractors exceeding 10⁷ members. In the prior art systems, lack ofstringency can result in isolation of a significant population ofnon-specific interacting pairs, i.e., false positives. In largelibraries, a high percentage of false positives can make the isolationand identification of true interactors from a large library timeconsuming, if not impossible.

[0442] In the ITS formats of the subject invention, we have shown thatthe use of reporter genes providing a highly stringent amplificationprofile can in fact reduce the number of false positives, especiallybreakthrough false positives, being amplified to the point that largescale library screening is in fact feasible. Thus, the subject assay canbe set up to utilize a reporter gene system that reduces the number offalse positive interactions to less than 50% of an enriched library, andmore preferably less than 25 percent, or even 10, 5 or 1 percent. In apreferred embodiment, the assay reduces the occurrence rate ofbreakthrough false positives to less than 1:10⁷, and even morepreferably less than 1:10⁸, 1:10⁹ or even 1:10¹⁰.

[0443] In this embodiment of the present invention, the reporter gene ischosen on the basis of its ability to facilitate isolation and/oramplification of ITS cells on the basis of a selective growth advantage,e.g., the ability to grow, and preferably can provide a highly stringentamplification profile which reduces the number of false positives beingamplified. Accordingly, in practicing one embodiment of the assay, areporter gene construct is inserted into the reagent cell in order togenerate a selectable growth advantage dependent on interaction of thebait and prey fusion proteins with each other and the regulatoryelements of the reporter gene. Typically, the reporter gene constructwill include a reporter gene in operative linkage with one or moretranscriptional regulatory elements which include, or are linked to, apotential DBD recognition element for the DBD of the bait fusionprotein, with the level of expression of the reporter gene providing theprey protein interaction-dependent growth advantage (or the DBD-DNAinteraction when selecting for DNA binding).

[0444] Based on the teachings described herein, those of skill in theart could readily identify or synthesize reporter genes andtranscriptional regulatory elements useful in the subject methods. Ingeneral, the reporter gene is selected to provide a selection methodsuch that cells in which the reporter gene is activated have a growthadvantage. For example the reporter could enhance cell viability, e.g.,by relieving a cell nutritional requirement, and/or provide resistanceto a drug. To further illustrate, examples of suitable reporter genesinclude those which encode proteins conferring antibiotic resistance tothe host bacterial cell, though more preferably are a gene which encodesa protein required to complement an auxotrophic phenotype. A preferredreporter gene is the HIS3 gene, which permits E coli cells bearing adeletion of the hisB gene to grow in the absence of histidine. 3-AT, acompetitive inhibitor of HIS3, can be used to increase the level of HIS3expression required for growth in the absence of histidine. Thus, 3ATcan be used to increase the stringency of the selection.

[0445] In bacteria, suitable positively selectable (beneficial) genesinclude genes involved in biosynthesis or drug resistance. Countlessgenes are potential selective markers. Certain of the above are involvedin well-characterized biosynthetic pathways. In the simplest case, thecell is auxotrophic for an amino acid or nucleotide precursor, such ashistidine, uracil, leucine, tryptophane or adenine, in the absence ofactivation of the reporter gene. Auxotrophy means the inability of themicro-organism to synthesise certain growth factors, for example aminoacids, from simple precursors. In contrast to the corresponding wildtype strains, auxotrophic mutants therefore do not grow on minimalmedium. On the contrary, they require a complete medium or minimalmedium supplemented with components necessary for growth which theycannot synthesize themselves. Activation of the ITS leads to synthesisof an enzyme, encoded by the reporter gene, required for biosynthesis ofthe amino acid and the cell becomes prototrophic for that amino acid(does not require an exogenous source). Thus the selection is for growthin the absence of that amino acid in the culture media.

[0446] To further illustrate, we have discovered that, surprisingly, theHIS3 reporter gene can be used to rescue a prokaryotic host cell in HISselective media with sufficient stringency to successfully isolateinteracting pairs from a large library of variants. Lack of stringencyin other systems can result in isolation of a significant population ofnon-specific interacting pairs, i.e., false positives. In largelibraries, a high percentage of false positives can make the isolationand identification of true interactors time consuming, if notimpossible. In the case of the HIS3 reporter, the use of3-amino-triazole (3AT), a competitive inhibitor of HIS3, selects forcells in which the HIS3 reporter is highly expressed (i.e., increasesthe stringency of the selection), and thereby lowers the number of falsepositives due to breakthrough in the enriched product. Using differentlevels of 3-AT allows “tuning” or the selection stringency.

[0447] Another exemplary reporter gene which may be used in the subjectassay is the β-lactamase system. β-lactams are antibiotics which act byinterfering with cell wall biosynthesis in the bacteria resulting inimpaired cellular function, altered cell morphology or lysis. Bacteriahave developed the ability to resist β-lactam activity through theproduction of β-lactamases which are enzymes that irreversibly hydrolyzethe amide bond of the β-lactam ring thus rendering the antibioticinactive. A specific example of a β-lactamase enzyme is taught byStemmer (Nature Aug. 4, 1994;370(6488):389) which provides a variant ofTEM-1 which is more resistant to cefotaxime, e.g., has a higher minimuminhibitory concentration. Recently, various compounds capable ofinhibiting β-lactamase activity have been developed thus permittingantibiotic growth selection of various bacterial strains even in thepresence of β-lactamases. This system also provides a tunable selectionmethod. A bacterial cell expressing a β-lactamase enzyme as the reportergene can be grown in the presence of a constant level of β-lactamantibiotic and a variable concentration of β-lactamase inhibitor.Control of the level of β-lactamase inhibitor permits control of thestringency of the growth conditions—a high concentration of inhibitorresults in more stringent growth conditions whereas a low concentrationof inhibitor results in less stringent growth conditions. The geneencoding for the β-lactamase enzyme may be introduced into the bacteriasuch that it is constitutively or regulatably expressed. See forexample, Liras et al., Appl. Microbiol. Biotechnol. 54(4): 467-475(2000); Saves et al., J. biol. Chem. 270(31): 18240-18245 (1995);Thomson et al., J. Antimicrob. Chemother. 31(5): 655-64 (1993); Maddux,Pharmacotherapy 11(2(pt 2)): 40S-50S (1991); Selzer et al., Nat. Struct.Biol. 7(7): 537-41 (2000); Huang et al., J. Biol. Chem. 275(20): 14964-8(2000); Shaywitz et al., Mol. Cell Biol. 20(24): 9409-9422 (2000).

[0448] Any combination of β-lactamase, β-lactam antiobiotic andβ-lactamase inhibitor may be used in conjunction with the tunableselection system. Exemplary β-lactamase enzymes include TEM-1, TEM-2,OXA-1, OXA-2, OXA-3, SHV-1, PSE-1, PSE-2, PSE-3, PSE-4 and CTX-1.Exemplary β-lactam antibiotics include penicillins, cephalosporins,monobactams and carbapenems. Exemplary β-lactamase inhibitors includeclavulanic acid, sulbactam, tazobactam, brobactam, β-lactamase inhibitorpeptides (BLIP) and various mutants of BLIP. Examples of particularcombinations of β-lactam antibiotics and b-lactamase inhibitors whichhave been used include ticarcillin and clavulanate, amoxicillin andclavulanate and ampicillin and sulbactam.

[0449] Thus, in preferred embodiments, the subject assay can be set upto utilize a reporter gene system which provides sufficient stringencyfor detecting interactions such that the number of false positiveinteractions is less than 50% of an enriched library, and morepreferably less than 25 percent, or even 10, 5 or 1 percent.

[0450] V. Exemplary Embodiments for Flow-ITS

[0451] Another aspect of the present invention provides methods andreagents for practicing various forms of interaction trap assays usingflow cytometry, preferably as a high throughput means (supra). Thesubject “flow ITS” can be used, for example, to screen libraries ofpotential protein-protein or protein-nucleic acid interactions. Inpreferred embodiments, the subject ITS system can be used to screenlibraries of potential interactors exceeding 10⁷ members. See Daughertyet al., J. Immun. Methods 243:211-227 (2000) for a review on screeningof cell-based libraries using flow cytometry.

[0452] The reporter gene(s) used in this embodiment of the inventionultimately measure the end stage of the above described cascade ofevents, e.g., transcriptional modulation, with the level of expressionof a product(s) which is fluorescently active. The reporter gene of theflow-ITS can be any gene that expresses a FACS detectable gene product,which may be RNA or protein.

[0453] There are at least two basic designs for the flow-ITS. In a“direct detection system” the reporter gene encodes a product which isreadily detectable by flow cytometry due to its own fluorescenceactivity (a “direct FACS tag”). In the alternative, the flow-ITS isderived as an “indirect detection system” wherein the reporter geneproduct is detected by FACS upon combination with a fluorescently activeagent which specifically binds to and/or is modified by the reportergene product. Thus, the reporter gene may encode a “direct FACS tag”,e.g., a fluorescent polypeptide or a polypeptide which may generate afluorescent signal by enzymatic action, or an “indirect FACS tag”, e.g.,a polypeptide which binds and/or modifies a fluorescently activemolecule to generate a fluorescent signal. Chemiluminescent reportergroups, which are for ease of reading referred to herein as fluorescentgroups, are detected by allowing them to enter into a reaction, e.g., anenzymatic reaction, that results in energy in the form of light beingemitted.

[0454] The reporter gene may also be included in the construct in theform of a fusion gene with a gene that includes desired transcriptionalregulatory sequences or exhibits other desirable properties.

[0455] In one embodiment, the reporter gene encodes a fluorescentlyactive polypeptide. Examples of such reporter genes include, but are notlimited to firefly luciferase (deWet et al. (1987), Mol. Cell. Biol.7:725-737); bacterial luciferase (Engebrecht and Silverman (1984), PNAS1:4154-4158; Baldwin et al. (1984), Biochemistry 23:3663-3667);phycobiliproteins (especially phycoerythrin); green fluorescent protein(GFP: see Valdivia et al. (1996) Mol Microbiol 22:367-78; Cormack et al.(1996) Gene 173 (1 Spec No): 33-8; and Fey et al. (1995) Gene165:127-130. Both the GFPs and the phycobiliproteins have made animportant contribution in FACS sorting generally because of their highextinction coefficient and high quantum yield, and are accordinglypreferred products of the reporter gene.

[0456] A preferred embodiment utilizes a GFP which has been engineeredto have a higher quantum yield (brighter) and/or altered excitation oremmision spectra relative to wild-type GFPs. In general, thefluorescence levels of intracellular wild-type GFP are not bright enoughfor flow cytometry. However, a wide variety of engineered GFPs are knownin the art which show both improved brightness and signal-to-noiseratios. For instance, the subject reproter gene can encode a GFP-Bex1(S65T, V163A) or GFP-Vex1 (S202F, T203I, V163A). See Anderson et al.(1996) Genetics 93:8508. Other modified GFPs are described, for example,in U.S. Pat. Nos. 5,360,728 and 5,541,309 which describe modified formsof apoaequorin with increased bioluminescence.

[0457] In other embodiments, the reporter gene encodes an enzyme which,by acting on a substrate, produces a fluorescently active product. Forinstance, fluoroscein-di-β-D-galactopyranoside (FDG) is a usefulsubstrate for a reporter gene encoding a β-galactesidase in detection byflow cytometry, particularly in gram negative bacteria. See Plovins etal. (1994) Applied Envir Micro 60:4638; and Alvarez et al. (1993)Biotechniques 15:974.

[0458] In yet other embodiments, the reporter gene product is not itselfsufficiently fluorescently active for FACS purposes. Rather, thereporter gene product is one which is able to bind to a molecule (orcomplex of molecules), referred to herein as a “secondary fluorescenttag”, which provides a fluorescently active moiety for detection byFACS. A preferred criteria for the selection of the reporter geneproduct in these embodiments is that the host cell, except for thereporter gene product, does not produce any other protein, etc., whichbinds to the secondary fluorescent tag at any appreciable level whichwould confound the FACS sorting of the ITS cells.

[0459] In preferred embodiments of the indirect detection system, thereporter gene encodes a protein which is associated with the cellularmembrane and is at least partially exposed to the extracellular milieu.For instance, the indirect FACS tag can be a transmembrane proteinhaving an extracellular domain, or an extracellular protein with someother form of membrane localization signal which keeps the tagsequestered on the surface of the ITS cell, e.g., such as a myristol,farnesyl or other prenyl group. The indirect FACS tag can be a proteinwhich is native to the host cell, but not normally expressed in the ITScell either because of its strain or the conditions under which the ITSis run. In other embodiments, the indirect FACS tag is a protein whichincludes a portion that is non-native to the host cell, e.g., it is anaturally occurring polypeptide sequence from another species or it isman-made polypeptide sequence, and it is the heterologous portion of thefusion protein which is bound by the secondary fluorescent tag.

[0460] In an illustrative embodiment, the indirect FACS tag is a fusionprotein including a polypeptide portion which is not native to the hostcell. Recombinant proteins are able to cross bacterial membranes afterthe addition of bacterial leader sequences to the N-terminus of theprotein (Better et al (1988) Science 240:1041-1043; and Skerra et al.(1988) Science 240:1038-1041). In addition, recombinant proteins havebeen fused to outer membrane proteins for surface presentation. Forexample, one strategy for displaying exogenous proteins on bacterialcells comprises generating a fusion protein by inserting the exogenousprotein into cell surface exposed portions of an integral outer membraneprotein (Fuchs et al. (1991) Bio/Technology 9:1370-1372).

[0461] In selecting a bacterial cell which can display such indirectFACS tags, any well-characterized bacterial strain will typically besuitable, provided the bacteria may be grown in culture, and engineeredto display the reporter gene product on its surface. Among bacterialcells, the preferred display systems include Salmonella typhirnurium,Bacillus subtilis, Pseudomonas aeruginosa, Vibrio cholerae, Klebsiellapneumonia, Neisseria gonorrhoeae, Neisseria meningitidis, Bacteroidesnodosus, Moraxella bovis, and especially Escherichia coli. Manybacterial cell surface proteins useful in the present invention havebeen characterized, and works on the localization of these proteins andthe methods of determining their structure include Benz et al. (1988)Ann Rev Microbiol 42:359-393; Balduyck et al. (1985) Biol ChemHoppe-Seyler 366:9-14; Ehrmann et al (1990) PNAS 87:7574-7578; Heijne etal. (1990) Protein Engineering 4:109-112; Ladner et al. U.S. Pat. No.5,223,409; Ladner et al. WO88/06630; Fuchs et al. (1991) Bio/technology9:1370-1372; and Goward et al. (1992) TIBS 18:136-140.

[0462] To further illustrate, the LamB protein of E coli is a wellunderstood surface protein that can be used to generate the indirectFACS tag product of a reporter gene on the surface of a bacterial cell(see, for example, Ronco et al. (1990) Biochemie 72:183-189; van derWeit et al. (1990) Vaccine 8:269-277; Charabit et al. (1988) Gene70:181-189; and Ladner U.S. Pat. No. 5,222,409). LamB of E. coli is aporin for maltose and maltodextrin transport, and serves as the receptorfor adsorption of bacteriophages λ and K10. LamB is transported to theouter membrane if a functional N-terminal signal sequence is present(Benson et al. (1984) PNAS 81:3830-3834). As with other cell surfaceproteins, LamB is synthesized with a typical signal-sequence which issubsequently removed. Thus, the indirect FACS tag can be generated as afusion gene of LamB, such that the resulting fusion protein comprises aportion of LamB sufficient to anchor the protein to the cell membranewith the indirect FACS tag fragment oriented on the extracellular sideof the membrane. Secretion of the extracellular portion of the fusionprotein can be facilitated by inclusion of the LamB signal sequence, orother suitable signal sequence, as the N-terminus of the protein.

[0463] The E. coli LamB has also been expressed in functional form in S.typhimurium (Harkki et al. (1987) Mol Gen Genet 209:607-611), V.cholerae (Harkki et al. (1986) Microb Pathol 1:283-288), and K pneumonia(Wehmeier et al. (1989) Mol Gen Genet 215:529-536), so that one coulddisplay an indirect FACS tag in any of these species as a fusion to E.coli LamB. Alternatively, the LamB protein itself can serve as theindirect FACS tag.

[0464] Moreover, K. pneumonia expresses a maltoporin similar to LamBwhich could also be used. In P. aeruginosa, the D1 protein (a homologueof LamB) can be used (Trias et al. (1988) Biochem Biophys Acta938:493-496). Similarly, other bacterial surface proteins, such as PAL,OmpA, OmpC, OmpF, OprF, Lpp-OmpA, PhoE, pilin, BtuB, FepA, VirG, FliC,FIIC, Type I pili, Pap pili, FhuA, IutA, FecA and FhuE, may be used inplace of LamB to generate the indirect FACS tag, e.g., in a bacterialcell. For a general review, see Georgion et al. (1997) Nature Biotech15:29. Cell surface proteins such as OmpA, OmpF, OmpC are present atgreater than 10⁴ molecules/cell, often as much as 10⁵ molecules/cell,which can provide good signal-to-noise ratios in FACS.

[0465] Those skilled in the art will also readily recognize surfacepolypeptides in eukaryotic cells which can suitably serve as indirectFACS tags. For instance, the indirect FACS tag can be a subunit of theyeast agglutin, such as AGα1 or AGA2. See for example Schreuber et al.(1993) Yeast 9:399. Another useful surface protein for use as anindirect FACS tag is the IL-8 receptor from mammalian cells.

[0466] Where the flow-ITS utilizes an indirect FACS tag, a secondaryfluorescent tag must be provided in order to label the cells of FACS.The secondary fluorescent tag can be a fluorescently-labeled antibody orother binding moiety which specifically binds to the indirect FACS tagon the surface of the ITS cell. Where the indirect FACS tag is areceptor, or at least ligand binding domain thereof, the secondaryfluorescent tags can also be a fluorescently-labeled ligand of thereceptor. Such ligands can be polypeptides or small molecules.

[0467] In general, for use in flow cytometry, the fluorescently activetag should preferably have the following characteristics:

[0468] (i) the molecules of the secondary fluorecent tag must be ofsufficient size and chemical reactivity to be conjugated to a suitablefluorescent dye or the secondary fluorecent tag must itself befluorescent,

[0469] (ii) after any necessary fluorescent labeling, the secondaryfluorecent tag preferably does not react with water,

[0470] (iii) after any necessary fluorescent labeling, the secondaryfluorecent tag preferably does not bind or degrade proteins in anon-specific way, and

[0471] (iv) the molecules of the secondary fluorecent tag must besufficiently large that attaching a suitable dye allows enough unalteredsurface area (generally at least 500 Å², excluding the atom that isconnected to the linker) for binding to the indirect FACS tag on the ITScell.

[0472] Fluorescent groups with which the process of this invention canbe used include fluorescein derivatives (such as fluoresceinisothiocyanate), coumarin derivatives (such as aminomethyl coumarin),rhodamine derivatives (such as tetramethyl rhodamine or Texas Red),peridinin chlorophyll complex (such as described in U.S. Pat. No.4,876,190), and phycobiliproteins (especially phycoerythrin).

[0473] In one preferred embodiment of the process, when the reportergroup is fluorescein, detection of the ITS cells by FACS is achieved bymeasuring light emitted at wavelengths between about 520 nm and 560 nm(especially at about 520 nm), most preferably where the excitationwavelengths is about or less than 520 nm.

[0474] Chemiluminescent groups with which the subject secondaryfluorescent tags can be generated include isoluminol (or4-aminophthalhydrazide).

[0475] In other instances, the reporter gene can encode a nucleic acidwhich can be detected by flow cytometry upon interaction with a FACSlabel. In one embodiment, the reporter gene can “encode” a ribozyme, anddetection of fluorescently active nucleic acid fragments can be detectedfor flow sorting upon addition of an appropriately labeled substrate forthe ribozyme. For instance, the substrate nucleic acid can include afluorogenic donor radical, e.g., a fluorescence emitting radical, and anacceptor radical, e.g., an aromatic radical which absorbs thefluorescence energy of the fluorogenic donor radical when the acceptorradical and the fluorogenic donor radical are covalently held in closeproximity. See, for example, U.S. Ser. Nos. 5,527,681, 5,506,115,5,429,766, 5,424,186, and 5,316,691; and Capobianco et al. (1992) AnalBiochem 204:96-102. For example, the substrate nucleic acid has afluorescence donor group such as 1-aminobenzoic acid (anthranilic acidor ABZ) or aminomethylcoumarin (AMC) located at one position on theplymer and a fluorescence quencher group, such as lucifer yellow, methylred or nitrobenzo-2-oxo-1,3-diazole (NBD), at a different position. Acleavage site for the ribozyme will be diposed between each of the sitesfor the donor and acceptor groups. The intramolecular resonance energytransfer from the fluorescence donor molecule to the quencher willquench the fluorescence of the donor molecule when the two aresufficiently proximate in space, e.g., when the substrate is intact.Upon cleavage of the substrate, however, the quencher is separated fromthe donor group, leaving behind a fluorescent fragment. Thus, expressionof the ribozyme results in cleavage of the substrate nucleic acid, anddequenching of the fluorescent group. Similar embodiments can begenerated for peptide-based substrates of enzymes.

[0476] In certain embodiments, the flow-ITS can be designed to detectproteins which disrupt the interaction of two proteins. For instance,cDNA libraries can be screened for products which disrupt the binding ofsuch protein pairs as cyclins and cyclin-dependent kinases. To furtherillustrate, the bait and prey proteins can be generated using knowninteractors. The cDNA library can be expressed as a third recombinantprotein. Loss of expression of the reporter gene indicates theexpression of gene encoding a protein which disrupts the interaction ofthe bait and prey proteins. Such loss would register, in the flow-ITS,as loss of a fluorescent signal in the FACS. In order to avoidpotentially confounding results of such embodiments, the flow-ITS formatcan be modified slightly to provide a “reverse flow-ITS”. In the reverseITS, the reporter gene encodes a transcriptional repressor which isexpressed upon interaction of the bait and prey proteins. However, thehost cell also includes a second reporter gene which, but for anoperator sequence responsive to the repressor protein produced by thefirst reporter gene, would otherwise be expressed as a FACS tagdetectable in the FACS step of the present method. Thus, the geneproduct of the first reporter gene regulates expression of the secondreporter gene, the expression of the latter provides a means forindirectly scoring by FACS analysis for the expression of the former.Essentially, the first reporter gene can be seen as a signal inverter.

[0477] In this exemplary system, the bait and prey proteins positivelyregulate expression of the first reporter gene. Accordingly, where thefirst reporter gene is a repressor of expression of the second reportergene, relieving expression of the first reporter gene by inhibiting theformation of complexes between the bait and prey proteins concomitantlyrelieves inhibition of the second reporter gene. For example, the firstreporter gene can include the coding sequences for λcI. The secondreporter gene can accordingly encode a direct or indirect FACS tag, andis under the control of a promoter which is constitutively active, butcan be repressed by λcI. In the absence of a polypeptide which inhibitsthe interaction of the bait and prey protein, the λcI protein isexpressed. In turn, that protein represses expression of the secondreporter gene. However, an agent which disrupts binding of the bait andprey proteins results in a decrease in λcI expression, and consequentlyan increase in expression of the second reporter gene as λcI repressionis relieved. Hence, the signal is inverted.

[0478] Still another consideration in generating the reporter geneconstruct concerns the placement of the DBD recognition element relativeto the reporter gene and other transcriptional elements with which it isassociated. In most embodiments, it will be desirable to position therecognition element such that on its own it does not significantlyactivate transcription from the promoter. In some instances, the axialposition of the DBD relative to the promoter sequences can be important.

[0479] In certain embodiments, the sensitivity of the ITS can beenhanced for detecting weak protein-protein interactions by placing theDBD recognition sequence at a position permitting secondary interactions(if any) between other portions of the bait fusion protein and the RNApolymerase complex. For example, an apparent synergistic effect wasobserved when the λ operator was moved close to or at its normalposition (Dove et al., supra). While not wishing to be bound by anyparticular theory, this synergism is speculated to be the result of abait-prey interaction and second interaction between DBD of λcI and asecond polymerase subunit (σ).

[0480] It will also be understood by those skilled in the art that thesensitivity to the strength of the interactions between the bait andprey proteins can be “tuned” by adjusting the sequence of therecognition element. For example, the use of a strong λ operator insteadof weak can improve the sensitivity of the assay to weak bait-preyinteractions, as well as help to overcome lack of dimerization if nodimerization signals are included in the bait fusion protein.

[0481] The flow sorting cutoff, e.g., the strength of the fluorescentsignal required for gating of cells through the sorter, can also be usedto tune the system with respect to the strength of the interactions forwhich it generally selects.

[0482] A. Use of Multiple Reporter Genes

[0483] In particular embodiments, it may desirable to provide two ormore reporter gene constructs, particularly reporter genes encodingproducts with different emission or excitation specta (Hawley et al.,Biotechniques 30:1028-1034 (2001)). The reporter genes can both encodedirect FACS tags, indirect FACS tags, or a combination thereof. One ormore of the reporter genes could also encode a polypeptide which can beused in the pre-flow enrichment step described below.

[0484] The simultaneous monitoring of two or more reporter genes(whether provided on the same or separate plasmids) can be used for atleast 2 purposes: 1) to reduce the number of false positives; and 2) toensure specificity of interaction pairs. For example, when selectingDBDs, one might select a protein that recognizes sites in one reporterconstruct but that does not bind as well to sites in the other.

[0485] There are currently available, from commercial sources,fluorescent proteins that have distinct emission spectra (e.g. DsRed(RFP), EYFP, EGFP, ECFP, EBFP). Using some of these fluorescent proteinsand commercially available FACS equipment it is possible, in principle,to simultaneously and independently measure up to five distinctfluorescent reporter genes. There are also commercially availablefluorescent proteins which have similar emission spectra but distinctexcitation spectra (e.g. EGFP and GFPuv). Modifications to FACSequipment that enable the separate measurement of the fluorescence of asingle cell when excited by different wavelengths (as described inAnderson et. Al., PNAS 93 8508-8511-1996) coupled with the use ofadditional reporter genes with similar emission spectra and distinctexcitiation spectra could further increase the number of FACS tags thatcould be independently measured. One possible caveat with using morethan one of these proteins in a single cell is that the commerciallyavailable genes that encode some of the proteins have very similar DNAsequences—having regions with very similar seqeunces in the same cellcould have undesired effects upon the reporter constructs (due, forexample, to recombination). This problem can be easily overcome becausethe genetic code is redundant-mutations can be made to the offending DNAsequences that do not change the amino acid sequence in the expressedprotein

[0486] In certain embodiments in which the subject flow-ITS is beingused to identify a DNA binding domain (as described in further detailbelow), multiple reporter gene constructs can be used in order tofaciliate isolation of domains with specific DNA binding activity. Forexample, the ITS host cell can include one or more reporter genes havingtranscriptional regulatory sequences for which a DNA binding domain issought. At the same time, the cells can also include one or morereporter genes, encoding different FACS markers than above, under thecontrol of transcriptional regulatory sequences which the DBD beingsought should not bind to or activate expression from. Thus, cellsencoding and expressing desired candidates can be isolated on the basisof differential expression of the reporter genes. This could be used toobtain proteins with desired site specificities or desired bindingconstants.

[0487] In certain embodiments it may be desirable to monitor theinteractions of a DBD with a number of DNA sites greater than the numberof independently measurably FACS tags in a given system. This could beaccomplished by having multiple reporter constructs (on the same ordifferent vectors) in which some of the DNA sites control the expressionof separate copies of the same FACS tag—this would obviously make itimpossible to independently measure all of the interactions between theDBD and each of the sites, but in some cases it is not necessary toindependently monitor all of the interactions. For example, the desiredDNA binding site could be operably linked to EGFP while a number a pointmutants of the DNA binding site could each be operable linked to a copyof RFP. In this way, DBD's that interact with the target sequence, butthat interact with NONE of the mutants of the target sequence, could beobtained by selecting for cells that express a very high amount of EGFPAND a very low amount of RFP

[0488] To further illustrate, FIG. 7 shows an exemplary constructcontaining two different DNA sites (T11 binding site and Zif268 bindingsite) to which DBD's that bind differentially to these sites are desired(i.e. DBD's which bind to the T11 site and not the Zif268 site, orvice-versa). Increased expression of EGFP, caused by the bait proteinbinding to the Zif268 site, provides a FACS sortable signal. Increasedexpression of RFP, caused by the bait protein binding to the T11 site,also provides a FACS sortable signal. Expression of EGFP and RFP can beindependently detected either sequentially (in separate selection steps)or simultaneously (in the same selection step). Thus, in a simultaneousmode, the FACS machine can be programmed to gate on the detection ofEGFP and RFP, selecting only those cells which are positive for EGFP andnegative for RFP (or vice-versa). The use of multiple selection criteriaalso could be implemented by combining growth-rate selections oraffinity-based cell sorting (using one set of reporters) with FACS-basedsorting (using another set of reporters).

[0489] B. Fluorescence Activated Cell Sorting of ITS Cells

[0490] Fluorescence activated cell sorting techniques and equipment arewell known in the art and are readily adapted for use in the subjectassay. In recent years, optical/electronic instrumentation for detectingfluorescent labels on or in cells has become more sophisticated. Forexample, flow cytometry can be used to measure the amount of fluorescentlabel on individual cells at a rate exceeding 100,000 cells per secondand isolate desired cells to high purity at a rate exceeding 70,000cells per second. These instruments can excite fluorescence at manywavelengths of the UV, visible, and near IR regions of the spectrum.

[0491] In general, the flow cytometer for use in the present inventionis constructed in such a way that ITS cells in suspension are introducedone at a time into an interrogation volume. Within this volume the cellsare illuminated, generally by a laser, to excite the fluorescence tagassociated with the cells. The fluorescence is then separated on thebasis of its color, through the use of optical filters, and thendetected and quantified by the electronics. The signals measured by eachof these detectors, representing fluorescence at different wavelengths,are often referred to in the art as “fluorescence channels”.

[0492] If only one fluorescence channel is being monitored, the resultsof this interrogation can be displayed in the form of histograms whichrepresent the distributions of cells in the population examined. If twoor more fluorescence channels are being monitored simultaneously, theresults of this interrogation can be displayed in the form of one ormore two-dimensional dot plots where each dot in the plot represents asingle cell and the dot is drawn in the two-dimensional space so thatthe dot's position with respect to the x axis indicates the intensitiyof the cell's signal in the first fluorescence channel and the dot'sposition with respect to the y axis indicates the intensity of thecell's signal in the second fluorescence channel. Many tens of thousandsof cells may be interrogated per second resulting in a very rapiddescription of the cell population.

[0493] The ITS cells are selectively isolated or sorted to high purityas they pass through this system on the basis of their fluorescenceprofile. If the cells are being sorted on the basis of a singlefluorescence channel, a lower limit and an upper limit are drawn on thehistogram for that fluorescence channel and all cells having a signalwhich falls between the lower and upper limits are isolated. If thecells are being sorted on the basis of two fluorescence channels, apolygon is drawn on the two dimensional dot plot for those twofluorescence channels and all cells that have signals that fall withinthe polygon are isolated. If cells are being sorted on the basis ofthree or more fluorescence channels, polygons are drawn on each of therelevant dot plots and cells falling within all of the relevant polygonsare isolated. FACS equipment is also usually equipped to measure twonon-fluorescent channels (i.e. channels at the same wavelength as theexcitation wavelength) which are referred to in the art as “forwardscatter” and “side scatter”. These parameters are often used in thesorting criteria much as the fluorescence channels are used.

[0494] In the case where the desired cells are rare in the population(less than 1 in 10⁴) it is often necessary to perform multiple rounds ofsorting to achieve a high purity of positive cells. Geneticallyidentical cells have a distribution of fluorescent signals and at acertain frequency some cells which don't contain an ITS interaction willhave a signal consistent with that of a positive cell (i.e. a cellcontaining an ITS interaction) by mere chance. As described in Daugerty,P S et al., Protein Engineering 11, p825-832 (1998), you can isolate apopulation of cells from your initial library that have fluorescencesignals consistent with the desired cells, amplify this new population,and use this resulting amplified population in subsequent rounds ofsorting. This process is repeated until the population has attained thedesired purity of positive cells.

[0495] If the growth conditions can be varied so that cells containingan ITS interaction no longer have an elevated fluorescent signal, it ispossible to perform multiple rounds of sorting under differentconditions to retain cells that contain an ITS interaction whilediscarding cells which have an elevated fluorescent signal due tospurious genetic mutations. As described, in Valdivia, R H and Falkow,S, Science 277, p2007-2011 (1997), you can first isolate a population ofcells containing an elevated fluorescent signal under conditions inwhich the cells you desire will give you an elevated fluorescent signal.You then place this new population of cells under conditions where thecells you desire will no longer have an elevated fluorescent signal andisolate the cells from this new population that no longer have anelevated fluorescent signal thus discarding cells that had an elevatedfluorescent signal or spurious reasons.

[0496] The level of fluorescence resulting from various levels ofexpression of the reporter gene can be compared to the level offluorescence resulting from background expression of the reporter genein a substantially identical cell that lacks heterologous DNA, such asthe gene encoding the prey fusion protein. Any statistically orotherwise significant difference in the amount of transcriptionindicates that the prey fusion protein interacts with the bait fusionprotein. Other controls include mutant bait proteins (in protein-proteininteraction formats) and the use of DBD elements that disruptinteraction, to name but a few.

[0497] Another consideration which the practitioner of the subject assaymust bear in mind is that bacteria, marine plankton and plant cellsfrequently exhibit a strong natural autofluorescence from chlorophyll orother pigments e.g. phycobiliproteins. Thus, practicing the subjectflow-ITS requires that the autofluorescence of the host cell beaccounted for as background, particularly where the FACS tag is detectedat wavelengths above 600 nm.

[0498] C. Pre-flow Enrichment Affinity Purification or Growth RateSelection

[0499] In certain embodiments of the subject assay, the ITS cells aresubjected to a pre-flow enrichment step in which the ITS cells are firstsubjected to an affinity separation step before being subjected to FACSseparation. By this step, high throughput separation of large initialpopulations of ITS cells can be carried out, e.g., initial ITS cellpopulations exceeding 10¹³-10¹⁵ cells per day using conventionalcolumns.

[0500] In this step, ITS cells that express a particular cell surfaceprotein are identified and isolated in an affinity separation step. Toaccomplish this, the ITS cells include a reporter gene which encodes asurface FACS tag protein. Upon development of the interaction trap, theITS cells are applied to an immobilized matrix which includes a moietythat interacts with the surface FACS tag protein. In this manner, ITScells expressing the surface FACS tag can be sequestered on the matrixand thereby separated from ITS cells which do not express at least acertain threshold level of the surface FACS tag. The surface FACS tagcan be a cell surface protein which also serves as an indirect FACS tagfor the FACS step. Alternatively, the surface FACS tag can be a productof a second reporter gene, e.g., the cells includes at least tworeporter genes, one which provides a surface FACS tag for affinityenrichment and one which provides a direct or indirect FACS tag.

[0501] The immobilized matrix can include an antibody or other bindingmoiety which specifically binds to the surface FACS tag of the ITS cell.Where the surface FACS tag is a receptor, or at least ligand bindingdomain thereof, the immobilized matrix can include a ligand of thereceptor. Such ligands can be polypeptides or small molecules. Theportion of the matrix which binds to the surface FACS tag on the ITScells is, for ease, referred to collectively herein as the “bindingagent”.

[0502] With respect to affinity chromatography, it will be generallyunderstood by those skilled in the art that a great number ofchromatography techniques can be adapted for use in the presentinvention, ranging from column chromatography to batch elution.Typically, the binding agent is immobilized (reversibly or irreversibly)on an insoluble carrier, such as sepharose or polyacrylamide beads. Thepopulation of ITS cells is applied to the affinity matrix underconditions compatible with the binding of the surface FACS tag tobinding agent. The population is then fractionated by washing with asolute that does not greatly effect specific binding of surface FACS tagand binding agent, but which substantially disrupts any non-specificbinding of the ITS cells to the matrix. A certain degree of control canbe exerted over the binding characteristics of the ITS cells recoveredfrom the cell culture by adjusting the conditions of the bindingincubation and subsequent washing. The temperature, pH, ionic strength,divalent cation concentration, and the volume and duration of thewashing can select for ITS cells within a particular range of expressionof the surface FACS tag.

[0503] After “washing” to remove non-specifically bound ITS cells, whendesired, specifically bound ITS cells can be eluted by either specificdesorption (using excess surface FACS tag) or non-specific desorption(using pH, polarity reducing agents, or chaotropic agents). In preferredembodiments, the elution protocol does not kill the organism used as theITS cell such that the enriched population of ITS cells can be furtheramplified by reproduction. The list of potential eluants includes salts(such as those in which one of the counter ions is Na⁺, NH₄ ⁺, Rb⁺, SO₄²⁻, H₂PO₄ ⁻, citrate, K⁺, Li⁺, Cs⁺, HSO₄ ⁻, CO₃ ²⁻, Ca²⁺, Sr²⁺, Cl⁻, PO₄²⁻, HCO₃ ⁻, Mg₂ ⁺, Ba₂ ⁺, Br⁻, HPO₄ ²⁻, or acetate), acid, heat, and,when available, soluble forms of the target antigen (or analogsthereof). Neutral solutes, such as ethanol, acetone, ether, or urea, areexamples of other agents useful for eluting the bound ITS cells.

[0504] In preferred embodiments, affinity enriched ITS cells can beiteratively amplified and subjected to further rounds of affinityseparation until enrichment of the desired binding activity is detected.In certain embodiments, the specifically bound ITS cells, especiallybacterial cells, need not be eluted per se, but rather, the matrix boundITS cells can be used directly to inoculate a suitable growth media foramplification. Cells obtained with this protocol may—if desired—be usedfor subsequent flow selection studies using one or more reporterconstructs.

[0505] In an another embodiment, high-gradient magnetic cell separation(MACS) techniques can be used to fractionate the ITS cell population.The MACS System (Miltenyi Biotech, Inc., Sunnyvale, Calif.) utilizes apowerful magnet designed to extract cells that are specifically coatedwith ferrous-microbeads (50 nm in diameter) that are coupled tosecondary antibodies, streptavidin or biotin. For instance, if abiotinylated primary antibody directed against a reporter surface FACStag protein is used, the addition of the streptavidin beads will bindthe subset of cells expressing the surface FACS tag. The ITS cells canbe contacted, e.g., in batch, with the microbeads. The microbead coatedcells can then be passed through a column surrounded by a large magnet.The coated cells are retained and the other cell types pass through thecolumn. The column may be, optionally, subjected to a wash step. Thebound cells are released when the magnet is removed and collected. Thiscell separation system can be used to enrich for or deplete asubpopulation of cells within the mixture. To further illustrate, abiotinylated antibody directed against the surface FACS tag can beincubated with the ITS cells for a period of time sufficient for, e.g.,antibody binding to the surface FACS tag to reach equilibrium. Theantibody/cell complexes can then be captured on an immobilized matrixderivatized with streptavidin, such as the MACS streptavidin-conjugatedsuper-paramagnetic microbeads (Miltenyi Biotec). A mixture of cellslabeled with biotin-conjugated antibodies (e.g., against the surfaceFACS tag) is passed through the streptavidin column which is surroundedby a powerful rare earth magnet such as a MACS separator (MiltenyiBiotech). The ITS cells which express the surface FACS tag will bedifferentially retained on the column relative to cells which do notexpress the surface FACS tag. By removing the column from the magenticfield, the labeled ITS cells can be eluted from the column, e.g., as the“magnetic fraction”. See, for example, DiNicola et al. (1996) BoneMarrow Transplant 18:1117.

[0506] In general, the affinity enrichment step will sacrifice somespecificity for higher throughput. Conventional columns are typicallycapable of retaining about 10⁹ cells. However, the specificity of mostsuch columns will typically be in the range of about 50 precent. Thismeans that about 5×10⁸ cells with the desired phenotype will be retainedon the column. If one assumes that a particular “interaction event” in acDNA library is occurs infrequently (about 1 in 10⁵), then one should beable to pass 5×10¹³ cells through a single column. Assuming an averageflow rate of about 5×10¹⁰ cells per minute, it would take just under 17hours to pass through 5×10¹³ cells through one column.

[0507] D. General Applicability of Flow-ITS Approaches

[0508] We note that all of the Flow-ITS strategies described in thisapplication are also applicable to not only prokaryotic cells but alsoyeast, mammalian, and other eukaryotic cells as well.

[0509] VI. Exemplary Methods for Generating Libraries

[0510] The variegated libraries of the subject method, be theirdiversity at the level of a coding sequence for a portion of one or bothof the bait and prey proteins or the DBD recognition sequence of areporter gene, can be from obtained from naturally occurring sources orthe product of random or semi-random mutagenesis or synthesis withrandom or semi-random segments.

[0511] For instance, coding sequences can be members of a DNA expressionlibrary (e.g., a cDNA or synthetic DNA library, either random orintentionally biased) that are fused in-frame to to generate avariegated library of bait or prey proteins.

[0512] In an exemplary embodiment, cDNAs may be constructed from anymRNA population and inserted into an equivalent expression vector. Sucha library of choice may be constructed de novo using commerciallyavailable kits (e.g., from Stratagene, La Jolla, Calif.) or using wellestablished preparative procedures (see, for example, Current Protocolsin Molecular Biology, Eds. Ausubel et al. John Wiley & Sons: 1992).Alternatively, a number of cDNA libraries (from a number of differentorganisms) are publicly and commercially available; sources of librariesinclude, e.g., Clontech (Palo Alto, Calif.) and Stratagene (La Jolla,Calif.). It is also noted that prey polypeptide need not be naturallyoccurring full-length proteins. In preferred embodiments, prey proteinsare encoded by synthetic DNA sequences, are the products of randomlygenerated open reading frames, are open reading frames synthesized withan intentional sequence bias, or are portions thereof.

[0513] It will be appreciated by those skilled in the art that manyvariations of the prey and bait fusion proteins can be constructed andshould be considered within the scope of the present invention. Forexample, it will be understood that, for screening polypeptidelibraries, the identity of the prey polypeptide can be fixed and thebait protein can be varied to generate the library. Indeed, in certainembodiments it will be desirable to derive the prey fusion protein witha fixed prey polypeptide rather than a variegated library on the groundsthat the single prey fusion protein can be easily tested for its abilityto be assembled into a functional RNA polymerase enzyme. Moreover, wherethe prey fusion protein is derived with a polymerase interaction domain,the bait fusion protein is likely to be less sensitive to variationscaused by the different peptides of the library than is the prey fusionprotein. In such embodiments, a variegated bait polypeptide library canbe used to create a library of bait fusion proteins to be tested forinteraction with a particular prey protein.

[0514] There are many ways by which libraries of mutagenized can begenerated from a degenerate oligonucleotide sequence. Chemical synthesisof a degenerate gene sequence can be carried out in an automatic DNAsynthesizer, and the synthetic genes then ligated into an appropriateexpression vector. The purpose of a degenerate set of genes is toprovide, in one mixture, all of the sequences encoding the desired setof potential sequences. The synthesis of degenerate oligonucleotides iswell known in the art (see for example, Narang, S A (1983) Tetrahedron39:3; Itakura et al. (1981) Recombinant DNA, Proc 3rd Cleveland Sympos.Macromolecules, ed. A G Walton, Amsterdam: Elsevier pp273-289; Itakuraet al. (1984) Annu. Rev. Biochem. 53:323; Itakura et al. (1984) Science198:1056; Ike et al. (1983) Nucleic Acid Res. 11:477. Such techniqueshave been employed in the directed evolution of other proteins (see, forexample, Scott et al. (1990) Science 249:386-390; Roberts et al. (1992)PNAS 89:2429-2433; Devlin et al. (1990) Science 249:404-406; Cwirla etal. (1990) PNAS 87:6378-6382; as well as U.S. Pat. Nos. 5,223,409,5,198,346, and 5,096,815).

[0515] Alternatives to the above combinatorial mutagenesis also exist.For example, libraries of potential DNA binding domains can be generatedusing, for example, alanine scanning mutagenesis and the like (Ruf etal. (1994) Biochemistry 33:1565-1572; Wang et al. (1994) J. Biol. Chem.269:3095-3099; Balint et al. (1993) Gene 137:109-118; Grodberg et al.(1993) Eur. J Biochem. 218:597-601; Nagashima et al. (1993) J. Biol.Chem. 268:2888-2892; Lowman et al. (1991) Biochemistry 30:10832-10838;and Cunningham et al. (1989) Science 244:1081-1085), by linker scanningmutagenesis (Gustin et al. (1993) Virology 193:653-660; Brown et al.(1992) Mol. Cell Biol. 12:2644-2652; McKnight et al. (1982) Science232:316); by saturation mutagenesis (Meyers et al. (1986) Science232:613); by PCR mutagenesis (Leung et al. (1989) Method Cell Mol Biol1:11-19); by in vitro DNA shuffling (Stemmer ref.); or by randommutagenesis (Miller et al. (1992) A Short Course in Bacterial Genetics,CSHL Press, Cold Spring Harbor, N.Y.; and Greener et al. (1994)Strategies in Mol Biol 7:32-34).

[0516] A. Directed Evolution Approaches

[0517] Moreover, in a method of directed evolution, identifiedinteracting pairs can be improved by additional rounds of mutagenesis,selection, and amplification, e.g., diversity can be introduced into oneor both of the identified interacting pair, and the resulting libraryscreened according to the present invention. The goal may be, forinstance, to use such a process to optimize the binding characteristics,e.g., for tighter binders and/or better selectivity in binding.Diversity can be introduced by most any standard mutagenesis technique,such as by irradiation, chemical treatment, low fidelity replication,use of randomized PCR primters, etc.

[0518] The flow-ITS embodiment of the subject assay is particularly wellsuited for directed evolution applications. For instance, the easy withwhich small samples can be obtained at intermediate points permits thepractionier to assess the progess of, for example, a randomization stepor counter-selection step. The ability to tune the fluorescence cutoffvalues for gating cells and to use reporters with different sites alsopermits the user to readily adjust the stringency of the isolation stepfrom one round of direct evolution to the next.

[0519] VII. Exemplary ITS Embodiments for Detecting DNA-ProteinInteractions

[0520] In certain preferred embodiments, various of the embodiments ofthe subject method can be used to identify or optimize DNA-proteininteractions. For example, the subject method can be used to identifymutant or composite DNA binding domains having desired sequence bindingpreferences. It can also be used to identify DNA sequences which areselectively bound by a given DNA binding protein and/or to determine thesequence specificity of a DNA binding protein.

[0521] DNA-binding proteins, such as transcription factors, are criticalregulators of gene expression. For example, transcriptional regulatoryproteins are known to play a key role in cellular signal transductionpathways which convert extracellular signals into altered geneexpression (Curran and Franza, (1988) Cell 55:395-397). DNA-bindingproteins also play critical roles in the control of cell growth and inthe expression of viral and bacterial genes. A large number ofbiological and clinical protocols, including among others, gene therapy,production of biological materials, and biological research, depend onthe ability to elicit specific and high-level expression of genesencoding RNAs or proteins of therapeutic, commercial, or experimentalvalue. Such gene expression is dependent on protein-DNA interactions.

[0522] Attempts have been made to change the specificity of DNA-bindingproteins. Those attempts rely primarily on strategies involvingmutagenesis of these proteins at sites expected to be important forDNA-recognition and often have been selected via phage display (see, forexample, Rebar and Pabo, (1994) Science 263:671-673; Jamieson et al.(1994) Biochemistry 33:5689-5695; Suckow et al. (1994) Nuc Acids Res22:2198-2208; Greisman and Pabo, (1997) Science 275:657-661). Thisstrategy may not always be efficient or possible with some DNA-bindingdomains because of limitations imposed by their three-dimensionalstructure, mode of docking to DNA, or special requirements of phagedisplay. In other cases it may not be sufficient to achieve importantobjectives discussed below. Therefore, it is desirable to have astrategy which can utilize many different DNA-binding domains and cancombine them as required for DNA recognition and gene regulation.

[0523] In certain embodiments, the subject methods can be used to alterthe DNA binding specificity of a known DNA binding protein. In otherembodiments, the subject method can be used to generate novel compositeDNA binding domains by combinatorially combining various motifs. Theappended examples illustrate this aspect of the invention. The mostwidely used domain within protein transcription factors appears to bethe zinc finger (Zf) motif. This is an independently foldedzinc-containing mini-domain which can be used in a modular fashion toachieve sequence-specific recognition of DNA (see, for example, Klug(1993) Gene 135:83-92; Rebar and Pabo (1994), supra; Jamieson et al.(1994) Biochemistry 33:5689-5695; Choo et al. (1994) PNAS91:11163-11167; Wu et al. (1995) PNAS 92:344-348; Segal et al. (1999)PNAS 96:2758-2763; Greisman and Pabo (1997), supra. Variants zincfingers with new DNA binding specificities have been selected from largerandomized libraries using phage display. Herein we show that our systemcan be used to isolate zinc finger variants from a large random libraryusing our bacterial-based ITS.

[0524] In still other embodiments, the regulatory sequence can beprovided in a combinatorial format, e.g., to provide a library ofpotential target DNA sequences. Those sequences which are bound by a DNAbinding domain can be identified in the library.

[0525] For example, the method can be used to identify DNA-proteininteractions by the steps of providing a host cell which contains atarget gene encoding a growth selective marker or other selectablemarker, operably linked to a target DNA sequence. The cell is alsoengineered to include a first chimeric gene which encodes a first fusionprotein including (a) a first interacting domain, and (b) a test DNAbinding domain. This also includes a second chimeric gene encoding asecond fusion protein including (a) a second interacting domain thatbinds to the first interacting domain, and (b) an activation tag (suchas a polymerase interaction domain) which activates transcription of theselective marker gene when localized in the vicinity of the target DNAsequence. One or both of the test DNA binding domains and/or the targetDNA sequence are provided in the host cell populations as variegatedlibraries (with respect to sequence) to yield a library complexity of atleast 10⁷ members. Cells in which interaction of a test DNA bindingdomain and a target DNA sequence occur can be selected and/or amplifiedbased on the resulting growth trait conferred by the growth selectivemarker or based on cell sorting methods.

[0526] As described above, the ITS is set up with a bait fusion proteinhaving a first interacting domain and a known or potential (test) DNAbinding domain (DBD), e.g., a polypeptide which may specifically bind toa defined nucleotide sequence.

[0527] In embodiments wherein the target DNA sequence is being varied,the DBD portion of the bait fusion protein can be derived using all, ora DNA binding portion, of a transcriptional regulatory protein, e.g., ofeither a transcriptional activator or transcriptional repressor, whichretains the ability to selectively bind to particular nucleotidesequences.

[0528] In embodiments wherein the system is derived with a variegatedlibrary of DNA binding domains, the DBDs can be, for example: acollection of naturally occurring DNA binding domains; a collection ofmutagenized DN A binding domains, i.e., altered by point mutation,deletion or addition or randomized synthesis of relevant segments; or acollection of composite DNA binding domains derived from combinatorialassembly of various DNA binding elements or a randomized polypeptidesequence attached to other DNA binding modules.

[0529] The interacting domain can be any polypeptide sequence for whichthere is a known protein binding partner. It may be, for example, adimerization or other oligomerization motif. Such a domain can be aconstitutive oligomerization domain, or an inducible oligomerizationdomain, i.e., a domain mediating oligomerization only in the presence ofa third molecule, such as a small organic molecule. Examples ofconstitutive oligomerization domains include leucine zippers.

[0530] Example of inducible oligomerization domains include FK506 andcyclosporin binding domains of FK506 binding proteins and cyclophilins,and the rapamycin binding domain of FRAP. Such inducible oligomerizationdomains are referred to herein as “ligand binding domains” and arefurther described herein under the section entitled accordingly.

[0531] A dimerization domain is defined herein as a sequence of aminoacids capable of forming homodimers or heterodimers. One example of adimerization domain is the leucine zipper (LZ) element. Leucine zippershave been identified, generally, as stretches of about 35 amino acidscontaining 4-5 leucine residues separated from each other by six aminoacids (Maniatis and Abel (1989) Nature 341:24-25). Exemplary leucinezippers occur in a variety of eukaryotic DNA binding proteins, such asGCN4, C/EBP, c-Fos, c-Jun, c-Myc and c-Max. Other dimerization domainsinclude helix-loop-helix domains (Murre, C. et al. (1989) Cell58:537-544). Dimerization domains may also be selected from otherproteins, such as the retinoic acid receptor, the thyroid hormonereceptor or other nuclear hormone receptors (Kurokawa et al. (1993)Genes Dev. 7:1423-1435) or from the yeast transcription factors GAL4 andHAP1 (Marmonstein et al. (1992) Nature 356:408-414; Zhang et al. (1993)Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 90:2851-2855). Dimerization domains arefurther described in U.S. Pat. No. 5,624,818 by Eisenman.

[0532] In another embodiment, the oligomerization domain is atetramerization domain. For example, the tetramerization domain is theE. coli lactose repressor tetramerization domain (amino acids 46-360;Chakerian et al. (1991) J. Biol. Chem. 266:1371; Alberti et al. (1993)EMBO J. 12:3227; and Lewis et al. (1996) Nature 271:1247). Thus, theinclusion of a tetramerization domain in a transcriptional activatorallows four activation domains to be complexed together and form atranscriptional activator complex. Furthermore, more than one activationunit can be linked to one tetramerization domain, to thereby form atranscriptional activator complex comprising more than 4 activationunits.

[0533] In another embodiment, the tetramerization domain is that from ap53 protein. The p53 tetramerization domain maps to residues 322-355 ofp53 (Wang et al. (1994) Mol. Cell. Biol. 14:5182; Clore et al. (1994)Science 265:386) and is farther described in U.S. Pat. No. 5,573,925 byHalazonetis.

[0534] Other exemplary suitable tetramerization domains includeartificial tetramerization domains, such as variants of the GCN4 leucinezipper that form tetramers (Alberti et al. (1993) EMBO J. 12:3227-3236;Harbury et al. (1993) Science 262:1401-1407; Krylov et al. (1994) EMBOJ. 13:2849-2861). One of skill in the art could readily select alternatetetramerization domains. For example, the tetrameric variant of GCN4leucine zipper described in Harbury et al. (1993), supra, hasisoleucines at positions d of the coiled coil and leucines at positionsa, in contrast to the original zipper which has leucines and valines,respectively.

[0535] In addition, the art also provides a variety of techniques foridentifying other naturally occurring oligomerization domains, as wellas oligomerization domains derived from mutant or otherwise artificialsequences. See, for example, Zeng et al. (1997) Gene 185:245; O'Shea etal. (1992) Cell 68:699-708; Krylov et al. [cited above].

[0536] In another embodiment, libraries of potential DNA binding domainsare created from the assembly of DNA binding motifs from varioustranscription factors, e.g., resulting in DNA binding domains which mayhave novel DNA binding specificities. Such DNA binding domains, referredto herein as “composite DNA binding domains” can be designed tospecifically recognize unique binding sites. For example, a DNA bindingdomain can be constructed that comprises DNA binding regions from a zincfinger protein and a homeobox protein.

[0537] The DNA sequences recognized by a chimeric protein containing acomposite DNA-binding domain can be determined using the subject method,e.g., by library vs. library screening, or the proteins can be selectedby their specificity toward a desired sequence. A desirable nucleic acidrecognition sequence consists of a nucleotide sequence spanning at leastten, preferably eleven, and more preferably twelve or more bases. Thecomponent binding portions (putative or demonstrated) within thenucleotide sequence need not be fully contiguous; they may beinterspersed with “spacer” base pairs that need not be directlycontacted by the chimeric protein but rather impose proper spacingbetween the nucleic acid subsites recognized by each module. Thesesequences should not impart expression to linked genes when introducedinto cells in the absence of the engineered DNA-binding protein.

[0538] In preferred embodiments, the subject method can be used toidentify a nucleotide sequence that is recognized by a transcriptionalactivator protein containing a composite DNA-binding region, preferablyrecognized with high affinity and specificity, several methods can beused. For instance, high-affinity binding sites for the protein orprotein complex can be selected from a large pool of random DNAsequences, and their sequences determined. From this collection ofsequences, individual sequences with desirable characteristics (i.e.,high affinity and specificity for composite protein, minimal affinityfor individual subdomains) are selected for use. Alternatively, thecollection of sequences is used to derive a consensus sequence thatcarries the favored base pairs at each position. Such a consensussequence is synthesized and tested (see below) to confirm that it has anappropriate level of affinity and specificity.

[0539] An alternative approach to generating novel sequencespecificities is to use databases of known homologs of the DBD topredict amino acid substitutions that will alter binding. For example,analysis of databases of zinc finger sequences has been used to alterthe binding specificity of a zinc finger (Desjarlais and Berg (1993)Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 90, 2256-2260).

[0540] A further and powerful approach is random mutaganesis of aminoacid residues which may contact the DNA, followed by screening orselection for the desired novel specificity. For example, phage displayof the three fingers of Zif268 (including the two incorporated intoZFHD1) has been described, and random mutagenesis and selection has beenused to alter the specificity and affinity of the fingers (Rebar andPabo (1994) Science 263, 671-673; Jamieson et al, (1994) Biochemistry33, 5689-5695; Choo and Klug (1994)Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 91,11163-11167; Choo and Klug (1994)Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 91,11168-11172; Choo et al (1994) Nature 372, 642-645; Wu et al (1995)Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci USA 92, 344-348). These mutants can beincorporated into ZFHD1 to provide new composite DNA binding regionswith novel nucleotide sequence specificities. Other DBDs may besimilarly altered. If structural information is not available, generalmutagenesis strategies can be used to scan the entire domain fordesirable mutations: for example alanine-scanning mutagenesis(Cunningham and Wells (1989) Science 244, 1081-1085), PCRmisincorporation mutagenesis (see eg. Cadwell and Joyce (1992) PCR Meth.Applic. 2, 28-33), and ‘DNA shuffling’ (Stemmer ref.); or by randommutagenesis (Miller et al. (1992) A Short Course in Bacterial Genetics,CSHL Press, Cold Spring Harbor, N.Y.; and Greener et al. (1994)Strategies in Mol Biol 7:32-34). These techniques produce libraries ofrandom mutants, or sets of single mutants, that can then be readilysearched by screening or selection approaches such as phage display.

[0541] In all these approaches, mutagenesis can be carried out directlyon the DNA binding region, or on the individual subdomain of interest inits natural or other protein context. In the latter case, the engineeredcomponent domain with new nucleotide sequence specificity may besubsequently incorporated into the composite DNA binding region in placeof the starting component. The new DNA binding specificity may be whollyor partially different from that of the initial protein: for example, ifthe desired binding specificity contains (a) subsite(s) for known DNAbinding subdomains, other subdomains can be mutated to recognizeadjacent sequences and then combined with the natural domain to yield acomposite DNA binding region with the desired specificity.

[0542] Randomization and selection strategies may be used to incorporateother desirable properties into the composite DNA binding regions inaddition to altered nucleotide recognition specificity, by imposing anappropriate in vitro selective pressure (for review see Clackson andWells (1994) Trends Biotech. 12, 173-184). These include improvedaffinity, specificity, improved stability and improved resistance toproteolytic degradation.

[0543] As appropriate, the DNA binding motif used to generate the baitfusion protein can include oligomerization motifs. As known in the art,certain transcriptional regulators dimerize, with dimerization promotingcooperative binding of the two monomers to their cognate recognitionelements.

[0544] The use of recombinant DNA techniques to create a fusion gene,with the translational product being the desired bait fusion protein, iswell known in the art. Essentially, the joining of various DNA fragmentscoding for different polypeptide sequences is performed in accordancewith conventional techniques, employing blunt-ended or stagger-endedtermini for ligation, restriction enzyme digestion to provide forappropriate termini, filling in of cohesive ends as appropriate,alkaline phosphatase treatment to avoid undesirable joining, andenzymatic ligation. Alternatively, the fusion gene can be synthesized byconventional techniques including automated DNA synthesizers. In anothermethod, PCR amplification of gene fragments can be carried out usinganchor primers which give rise to complementary overhangs between twoconsecutive gene fragments which can subsequently be annealed togenerate a chimeric gene sequence (see, for example, Current Protocolsin Molecular Biology, Eds. Ausubel et al. John Wiley & Sons: 1992).

[0545] It may be necessary in some instances to introduce anunstructured polypeptide linker region between the DNA binding domain ofthe fusion protein and the bait polypeptide sequence. Where the baitfusion protein also includes dimerization sequences, it may bepreferable to situate the linker between the dimerization sequences andthe bait polypeptide. The linker can facilitate enhanced flexibility ofthe fusion protein allowing the DBD to freely interact with a responsiveelement, and, if present, the dimerization sequences to makeinter-protein contacts. The linker can also reduce steric hindrancebetween the two fragments, and allow appropriate interaction of the baitpolypeptide portion with a prey polypeptide component of the interactiontrap system. The linker can also facilitate the appropriate folding ofeach fragment to occur. The linker can be of natural origin, such as asequence determined to exist in random coil between two domains of aprotein. An exemplary linker sequence is the linker found between theC-terminal and N-terminal domains of the RNA polymerase α subunit. Otherexamples of naturally occurring linkers include linkers found in the λcIand LexA proteins. Alternatively, the linker can be of synthetic origin.For instance, the sequence (Gly₄Ser)₃ can be used as a syntheticunstructured linker. Linkers of this type are described in Huston et al.(1988) PNAS 85:4879; and U.S. Pat. No. 5,091,513, both incorporated byreference herein.

[0546] A. Design of Composite DNA-Binding Regions.

[0547] Each composite DNA-binding region consists of a continuouspolypeptide region containing two or more component heterologouspolypeptide portions which are individually capable of recognizing(i.e., binding to) specific nucleotide sequences. The individualcomponent portions may be separated by a linker comprising one or moreamino acid residues intended to permit the simultaneous contact of eachcomponent polypeptide portion with the DNA target. The combined actionof the composite DNA-binding region formed by the component DNA-bindingmodules may result in the addition of the free energy decrement of eachset of interactions. The effect is to achieve a DNA-protein interactionof very high affinity and specificity. This goal is often best achievedby combining component polypeptide regions that bind DNA poorly on theirown, that is with low affinity, insufficient for functional recognitionof DNA under typical conditions in a mammalian cell. Because the hybridprotein exhibits affinity for the composite site several orders ofmagnitude higher than the affinities of the individual sub-domains fortheir subsites, the protein preferentially (preferably exclusively)occupies the “composite” site which typically comprises a nucleotidesequence spanning the individual DNA sequence recognized by theindividual component polypeptide portions of the composite DNA-bindingregion.

[0548] Suitable component DNA-binding polypeptides for incorporationinto a composite region have one or more, preferably more, of thefollowing properties. They bind DNA as monomers, although dimers can beaccommodated. They should have modest affinities for DNA, withdissociation constants preferably in the range of 10⁻⁶ to 10⁻⁹ M. Theyshould optimally belong to a class of DNA-binding domains whosestructure and interaction with DNA are well understood and thereforeamenable to manipulation. For gene therapy applications, they arepreferably derived from human proteins.

[0549] B. Examples of Suitable Component DNA-Binding Domains.

[0550] DNA-binding domains with appropriate DNA binding properties maybe selected from several different types of natural DNA-bindingproteins. One class comprises proteins that normally bind DNA only inconjunction with auxiliary DNA-binding proteins, usually in acooperative fashion, where both proteins contact DNA and each proteincontacts the other. Examples of this class include the homeodomainproteins, many of which bind DNA with low affinity and poor specificity,but act with high levels of specificity in vivo due to interactions withpartner DNA-binding proteins.

[0551] The homeodomain is a highly conserved DNA-binding domain whichhas been found in hundreds of transcription factors (Scott et al.,Biochim. Biophys. Acta 989:25-48 (1989) and Rosenfeld, Genes Dev.5:897-907 (1991)). The regulatory function of a homeodomain proteinderives from the specificity of its interactions with DNA and presumablywith components of the basic transcriptional machinery, such as RNApolymerase or accessory transcription factors (Laughon, Biochemistry30(48):11357 (1991)). A typical homeodomain comprises an approximately61-amino acid residue polypeptide chain, folded into three alhphahelices which binds to DNA.

[0552] A second class comprises proteins in which the DNA-binding domainis comprised of multiple reiterated modules that cooperate to achievehigh-affinity binding of DNA. An example is the Cys₂His₂ class ofzinc-finger proteins, which typically contain a tandem array of from twoor three to dozens of zinc-finger modules. Each module contains analpha-helix capable of contacting a three to five base-pair stretch ofDNA. Typically, at least three zinc-fingers are required forhigh-affinity DNA binding. Therefore, one or two zinc-fingers constitutea low-affinity DNA-binding domain with suitable properties for use as acomponent in this invention. Examples of proteins of the C2H2 classinclude TFIIIA, Zif268, Gli, and SRE-ZBP. (These and other proteins andDNA sequences referred to herein are well known in the art. Theirsources and sequences are known.)

[0553] The zinc finger motif, of the type first discovered intranscription factor IIIA (Miller et al., EMBO J. 4:1609 (1985)), offersan attractive framework for studies of transcription factors with novelDNA-binding specificities. The zinc finger is one of the most commoneukaryotic DNA-binding motifs (Jacobs, EMBO J. 11:4507 (1992)), and thisfamily of proteins can recognize a diverse set of DNA sequences(Pavletich and Pabo, Science 261:1701 (1993)). Crystallographic studiesof the Zif268-DNA complex and other zinc finger-DNA complexes show thatresidues at four positions within each finger make most of the basecontacts (with occassional contacts from two other positions), and therehas been some discussion about rules that may explain zinc finger-DNArecognition (Desjarlais and Berg, PNAS 89:7345 (1992) and Klevit,Science 253:1367 (1991)). However, studies have also shown that zincfingers can dock against DNA in a variety of ways (Pavletich and Pabo(1993) and Fairall et al., Nature 366:483 (1993)).

[0554] A third general class comprises proteins that themselves containmultiple independent DNA-binding domains. Often, any one of thesedomains is insufficient to mediate high-affinity DNA recognition, andcooperation with a covalently linked partner domain is required.Examples include the POU class, such as Oct-1, Oct-2 and Pit-1, whichcontain both a homeodomain and a POU-specific domain; HNF1 and certainPax proteins (examples: Pax-3, Pax-6), which contain both a homeodomainand a paired box/domain.

[0555] From a structural perspective, DNA-binding proteins containingdomains suitable for use as polypeptide components of a compositeDNA-binding region may be classified as DNA-binding proteins with ahelix-turn-helix structural design, including, but not limited to, MAT1, MAT 2, MAT a1, Antennapedia, Ultrabithorax, Engrailed, Paired, Fushitarazu, HOX, Unc86, and the previously noted Oct1, Oct2 and Pit; zincfinger proteins, such as Zif268, SWI5, Krüppel and Hunchback; steroidreceptors; DNA-binding proteins with the helix-loop-helix structuraldesign, such as Daughterless, Achaete-scute (T3), MyoD, E12 and E47; andother helical motifs like the leucine-zipper, which includes GCN4,C/EBP, c-Fos/c-Jun and JunB. The amino acid sequences of the componentDNA-binding domains may be naturally-occurring ornon-naturally-occurring (or modified).

[0556] The choice of component DNA-binding domains may be influenced bya number of considerations, including the species, system and ultimatelythe cell type in which the optimized DBD is to be expressed; thefeasibility of incorporation into a chimeric protein, as may be shown bymodeling; and the desired application or utility. The choice ofDNA-binding domains may also be influenced by the individual DNAsequence specificity of the domain and the ability of the domain tointeract with other proteins or to be influenced by a particularcellular regulatory pathway. Preferably, the distance between domaintermini is relatively short to facilitate use of the shortest possiblelinker or no linker. The DNA-binding domains can be isolated from anaturally-occurring protein, or may be a synthetic molecule based inwhole or in part on a naturally-occurring domain.

[0557] An additional strategy for obtaining component DNA-bindingdomains using the subject method is to modify an existing DNA-bindingdomain to reduce its affinity for DNA into the appropriate range. Forexample, a homeodomain such as that derived from the human transcriptionfactor Phox1, may be modified by substitution of the glutamine residueat position 50 of the homeodomain. Substitutions at this position removeor change an important point of contact between the protein and one ortwo base pairs of the 6-bp DNA sequence recognized by the protein. Thus,such substitutions reduce the free energy of binding and the affinity ofthe interaction with this sequence and may or may not simultaneouslyincrease the affinity for other sequences. Such a reduction in affinityis sufficient to effectively eliminate occupancy of the natural targetsite by this protein when produced at typical levels in mammalian cells.But it would allow this domain to contribute binding energy to andtherefore cooperate with a second linked DNA-binding domain. Otherdomains that amenable to this type of manipulation include the pairedbox, the zinc-finger class represented by steroid hormone receptors, themyb domain, and the ets domain.

[0558] C. Design of Linker Sequence for Covalently Linked CompositeDBDs.

[0559] The continuous polypeptide span of the composite DNA-bindingdomain may contain the component polypeptide modules linked directlyend-to-end or linked indirectly via an intervening amino acid or peptidelinker. A linker moiety may be designed or selected empirically topermit the independent interaction of each component DNA-binding domainwith DNA without steric interference. A linker may also be selected ordesigned so as to impose specific spacing and orientation on theDNA-binding domains. The linker amino acids may be derived fromendogenous flanking peptide sequence of the component domains or maycomprise one or more heterologous amino acids. Linkers may be designedby modeling or identified by experimental trial.

[0560] The linker may be any amino acid sequence that results in linkageof the component domains such that they retain the ability to bind theirrespective nucleotide sequences. In some embodiments it is preferablethat the design involve an arrangement of domains which requires thelinker to span a relatively short distance, preferably less than about10 Å. However, in certain embodiments, depending upon the selectedDNA-binding domains and the configuration, the linker may span adistance of up to about 50 Å. For instance, the ZFHD1 protein contains aglycine-glycine-arginine-arginine linker which joins thecarboxyl-terminal region of zinc finger 2 to the amino-terminal regionof the Oct-1 homeodomain.

[0561] Within the linker, the amino acid sequence may be varied based onthe preferred characteristics of the linker as determined empirically oras revealed by modeling. For instance, in addition to a desired length,modeling studies may show that side groups of certain nucleotides oramino acids may interfere with binding of the protein. The primarycriterion is that the linker join the DNA-binding domains in such amanner that they retain their ability to bind their respective DNAsequences, and thus a linker which interferes with this ability isundesirable. A desirable linker should also be able to constrain therelative three-dimensional positioning of the domains so that onlycertain composite sites are recognized by the chimeric protein. Otherconsiderations in choosing the linker include flexibility of the linker,charge of the linker and selected binding domains, and presence of someamino acids of the linker in the naturally-occurring domains. The linkercan also be designed such that residues in the linker contact DNA,thereby influencing binding affinity or specificity, or to interact withother proteins. For example, a linker may contain an amino acid sequencewhich can be recognized by a protease so that the activity of thechimeric protein could be regulated by cleavage. In some cases,particularly when it is necessary to span a longer distance between thetwo DNA-binding domains or when the domains must be held in a particularconfiguration, the linker may optionally contain an additional foldeddomain.

[0562] D. Additional Domains.

[0563] Additional domains may be included in the various chimericproteins of this invention, e.g., a nuclear localization sequence, atranscription regulatory domain, a ligand binding domain, aprotein-binding domain, a domain capable of cleaving a nucleic acid, et.

[0564] For example, in some embodiments the chimeric proteins willcontain a cellular targeting sequence which provides for the protein tobe translocated to the nucleus. Typically a nuclear localizationsequence has a plurality of basic amino acids, referred to as abipartite basic repeat (reviewed in Garcia-Bustos et al, Biochimica etBiophysica Acta (1991) 1071, 83-101). This sequence can appear in anyportion of the molecule internal or proximal to the N- or C-terminus andresults in the chimeric protein being localized inside the nucleus.

[0565] DNA sequences encoding individual DNA-binding sub-domains andlinkers, if any, are joined such that they constitute a single openreading frame encoding a chimeric protein containing the compositeDNA-binding region and capable of being translated into a singlepolypeptide harboring all component domains. This protein-encoding DNAsequence is then placed into a conventional plasmid vector that directsthe expression of the protein in the appropriate cell type. For testingof proteins and determination of binding specificity and affinity, itmay be desirable to construct plasmids that direct the expression of theprotein in bacteria or in reticulocyte-lysate systems. For use in theproduction of proteins in mammalian cells, the protein-encoding sequenceis introduced into an expression vector that directs expression in thesecells. Expression vectors suitable for such uses are well known in theart. Various sorts of such vectors are commercially available.

[0566] The ability to engineer binding regions with novel DNA bindingspecificities permits composite DNA binding regions to be designed andproduced to interact specifically with any desired nucleotide sequence.Thus a clinically interesting sequence may be chosen and a composite DNAbinding region engineered to recognize it. For example, composite DNAbinding region may be designed to bind chromosomal breakpoints andrepress transcription of an otherwise activated oncogene (see Choo et al(1994) Nature 372, 642-645); to bind viral DNA or RNA genomes and blockor activate expression of key viral genes; or to specifically bind thecommon mutated versions of a mutational hotspot sequence in an oncogeneand repress transcription (such as the mutation of codon 21 of humanras), and analogously to bind mutated tumor supressor genes and activatetheir transcription.

[0567] Additionally, in optimizing chimeric proteins of this inventionit should be appreciated that immunogenicity of a polypeptide sequenceis thought to require the binding of peptides by MHC proteins and therecognition of the presented peptides as foreign by endogenous T-cellreceptors. It may be preferable, at least in gene therapy applications,to alter a given foreign peptide sequence to minimize the probability ofits being presented in humans. For example, peptide binding to human MHCclass I molecules has strict requirements for cerain residues at key‘anchor’ positions in the bound peptide:. eg. HLA-A2 requires leucine,methionine or isoleucine at position 2 and leucine or valine at theC-terminus (for review see Stem and Wiley (1994) Structure 2, 145-251).Thus in engineered proteins, this periodicity of these residues could beavoided.

[0568] VIII. Host Cells

[0569] Host cells which may be used in accord with the variousembodiments of the invention include prokaryotes and eukaryotes.

[0570] Exemplary eukaryotic host cells include yeast and mammaliancells.

[0571] Exemplary prokaryotic host cells are gram-negative bacteria suchas Escherichia coli, or gram-positive bacteria such as Bacillussubtilis.

[0572] Recognized prokaryotic hosts include bacterial strains ofEscherichia, Bacillus, Streptomyces, Pseudomonas, Salmonella, Serratia,Streptococcus, Lactobacillus, Enterococcus, Shigella, and the like. Inpreferred embodiments, the prokaryotic host is compatible with thereplicon and control sequences in the expression plasmid.

[0573] Preferred prokaryotic host cells for use in carrying out thepresent invention are strains of the bacteria Escherichia, althoughBacillus and other genera are also useful. Techniques for transformingthese hosts and expressing foreign genes cloned in them are well knownin the art (see e.g., Maniatis et al. and Sambrook et al., ibid.).Vectors used for expressing foreign genes in bacterial hosts willgenerally contain a selectable marker, such as a gene for antibioticresistance, and a promoter which functions in the host cell. Appropriatepromoters include trp (Nicholset al. (1983) Meth. Enzymol. 101:155-164),lac (Casadaban et al. (1980) J. Bacteriol. 143:971-980), and phagelambda promoter systems (Queen (1983) J. Mol. Appl. Genet. 2:1-10).Plasmids useful for transforming bacteria include pBR322 (Bolivar et al.(1977) Gene 2:95-113), the pUC plasmids (Messing (1983) Meth. Enzymol.101:20-77), Vieira and Messing (1982) Gene 19:259-268), pCQV2 (Queen,supra), pACYC plasmids (Chang et al. (1978) J Bacteriol 134:1141), pRWplasmids (Lodge et al. (1992) FEMS Microbiol Lett 95:271), andderivatives thereof.

[0574] The choice of appropriate host cell will also be influenced bythe choice of detection signal. For instance, the choice of cell can beinfluenced by the desire to use a reporter construct which encodes aparticular direct FACS tag or indirect FACS tag. The reporter gene maybe a host cell gene that has been operably linked to a “bait-responsive”promoter. Alternatively, it may be a heterologous gene that has been solinked. Suitable genes and promoters are discussed above. Accordingly,it will be understood that to achieve selection or screening by FACS,the host cell must have an appropriate phenotype so that expression ofthe reporter provides a statistically significant difference influorescence relative to the host cell without the reporter geneproduct.

[0575] IX. Exemplary Uses of the Interaction Trap Systems

[0576] The interaction trap systems of the present invention can beused, inter alia, for identifying protein-protein interactions, e.g.,for generating protein linkage maps, for identifying therapeutictargets, and/or for general cloning strategies. As described above, theITS can be derived with a cDNA library to produce a variegated array ofbait or prey proteins which can be screened for interaction with, forexample, a known protein expressed as the corresponding fusion proteinin the ITS. In other embodiments, both the bait and prey proteins can bederived to each provide variegated libraries of polypeptide sequences.One or both libraries can be generated by random or semi-randommutagenesis. For example, random libraries of polypeptide sequences canbe “crossed” with one another by simultaneous expression in the subjectassay. Such embodiments can be used to identify novel interacting pairsof polypeptides.

[0577] Alternatively, the subject ITS can be used to map residues of aprotein involved in a known protein-protein interaction. Thus, forexample, various forms of mutagenesis can be utilized to generate acombinatorial library of either bait or prey polypeptides, and theability of the corresponding fusion protein to function in the ITS canbe assayed. Mutations which result in diminished (or potentiated)binding between the bait and prey fusion proteins can be detected by thelevel of reporter gene activity. For example, mutants of a particularprotein which alter interaction of that protein with another protein canbe generated and isolated from a library created, for example, byalanine scanning mutagenesis and the like (Ruf et al., (1994)Biochemistry 33:1565-1572; Wang et al., (1994) J. Biol. Chem.269:3095-3099; Balint et al., (1993) Gene 137:109-118; Grodberg et al.,(1993) Eur. J. Biochem. 218:597-601; Nagashima et al., (1993) J. Biol.Chem. 268:2888-2892; Lowman et al., (1991) Biochemistry 30:10832-10838;and Cunningham et al., (1989) Science 244:1081-1085), by linker scanningmutagenesis (Gustin et al., (1993) Virology 193:653-660; Brown et al.,(1992) Mol. Cell Biol. 12:2644-2652; McKnight et al., (1982) Science232:316); by saturation mutagenesis (Meyers et al., (1986) Science232:613); by PCR mutagenesis (Leung et al., (1989) Method Cell Mol Biol1:11-19); or by random mutagenesis (Miller et al., (1992) A Short Coursein Bacterial Genetics, CSHL Press, Cold Spring Harbor, N.Y.; and Greeneret al., (1994) Strategies in Mol Biol 7:32-34). Linker scanningmutagenesis, particularly in a combinatorial setting, is an attractivemethod for identifying truncated (bioactive) forms of a protein, e.g.,to establish binding domains.

[0578] In other embodiments, the ITS can be designed for the isolationof genes encoding proteins which physically interact with a protein/drugcomplex. The method relies on detecting the reconstitution of atranscriptional activator in the presence of the drug. If the bait andprey fusion proteins are able to interact in a drug-dependent manner,the interaction may be detected by reporter gene expression.

[0579] Another aspect of the present invention relates to the use of theinteraction trap systems in the development of assays which can be usedto screen for drugs which are either agonists or antagonists of aprotein-protein interaction of therapeutic consequence (U.S. Pat. No.6,200,759). In a general sense, the assay evaluates the ability of acompound to modulate binding between the bait and prey polypeptides.Exemplary compounds which can be screened include peptides, nucleicacids, carbohydrates, small organic molecules, and natural productextract libraries, such as isolated from animals, plants, fungus and/ormicrobes.

[0580] In many drug screening programs which test libraries of compoundsand natural extracts, high throughput assays are desirable in order tomaximize the number of compounds surveyed in a given period of time. Thesubject ITS-derived screening assays can be carried out in such aformat, and accordingly may be used as a “primary” screen. Accordingly,in an exemplary screening assay of the present invention, an ITS isgenerated to include specific bait and prey fusion proteins known tointeract, and compound(s) of interest. Detection and quantification ofreporter gene expression provides a means for determining a compound'sefficacy at inhibiting (or potentiating) interaction between the baitand prey polypeptides. In certain embodiments, the approximate efficacyof the compound can be assessed by generating dose response curves fromreporter gene expression data obtained using various concentrations ofthe test compound. Moreover, a control assay can also be performed toprovide a baseline for comparison. In the control assay, expression ofthe reporter gene is quantitated in the absence of the test compound.

[0581] In another exemplary embodiment, a therapeutic target devised asthe bait-prey complex is expressed in the same cell with a peptidelibrary with the goal of identifying peptides which potentiate orinhibit the bait-prey interaction. Many techniques are known in the artfor expressing peptide libraries intracellularly. In one embodiment, thepeptide library is provided as part of a chimeric thioredoxin protein,e.g., expressed as part of the active loop.

[0582] In yet another embodiment, the interaction trap systems of theinvention can be generated in the form of a diagnostic assay to detectthe interaction of two proteins, e.g., where the gene from one isisolated from a biopsied cell. For instance, there are many instanceswhere it is desirable to detect mutants which, while expressed atappreciable levels in the cell, are defective at binding other cellularproteins. Such mutants may arise, for example, from fine mutations,e.g., point mutants, which may be impractical to detect by thediagnostic DNA sequencing techniques or by the immunoassays. The presentinvention accordingly further contemplates diagnostic screening assayswhich generally comprise cloning one or more cDNAs from a sample ofcells, and expressing the cloned gene(s) as part of an ITS underconditions which permit detection of an interaction between thatrecombinant gene product and a target protein. Accordingly, the presentinvention provides a convenient method for diagnostically detectingmutations to genes encoding proteins which are unable to physicallyinteract with a “target” protein, which method relies on detecting theexpression of the reporter gene in a bait/prey-dependent fashion asdescribed above.

[0583] As described in more detail above, in certain embodiments, thevarious interaction trap systems of the invention can be used toidentify or optimize DNA-protein interactions. For example, the subjectmethod can be used to identify mutant or composite DNA binding domainshaving desired sequence binding preferences. It can also be used toidentify DNA sequences which are selectively bound by a given DNAbinding protein and/or to determine the sequence specificity of a DNAbinding protein.

[0584] In another embodiment, the present invention provides a method ofdetecting protein-RNA interactions (U.S. Pat. No. 5,750,667). The methodbegins with a host cell that contains a reporter gene expressing adetectable protein. The reporter gene is activated by an amino acidsequence including a transcriptional activation domain when thetranscriptional activation domain is in sufficient proximity to thereporter gene.

[0585] The host cell also contains three different chimeric genes. Thefirst chimeric gene is capable of being expressed in the host cell andencodes a first hybrid protein. The first hybrid protein comprises aDNA-binding domain that recognizes a binding site on the reporter genein the host cell and a first RNA-binding domain. (When we refer to anRNA-binding “domain”, we mean an amino acid sequence that is capable ofbinding an RNA molecule. This domain may be a fragment of a largerprotein or may comprise an entire protein.)

[0586] The second chimeric gene is also capable of being expressed inthe host cell and comprises a DNA sequence that encodes a second hybridprotein. The second hybrid protein comprises a transcriptionalactivation domain and a second RNA-binding domain.

[0587] The third chimeric gene is capable of being transcribed togenerate a hybrid RNA in the host cell. The hybrid RNA comprises a firstRNA sequence capable of binding to either the first or secondRNA-binding domain and a second RNA sequence to be tested forinteraction with the RNA-binding domain that is not bound to the firstRNA sequence. Interaction between both the first RNA-binding domain andthe hybrid RNA and the second RNA-binding domain and the hybrid RNAcauses the transcriptional activation domain to activate transcriptionof the reporter gene.

[0588] After subjecting the host cell to conditions under which thefirst hybrid protein, the second hybrid protein, and the hybrid RNA areexpressed in sufficient quantity for the reporter gene to be activated,one determines whether the reporter gene has been expressed to a degreegreater than expression in the absence of an interaction between boththe first RNA-binding protein and the hybrid RNA and the secondRNA-binding protein and the hybrid RNA. If the reporter gene has beenexpressed to a greater degree, this indicates that an RNA-proteininteraction has taken place.

[0589] In various embodiments, either one of the RNA-binding proteins oreither the first or second sequence of the hybrid RNA may be tested. Onemight have a specific RNA-binding protein and determine which of manydifferent RNA sequences bound to the protein, or one might have aparticular RNA sequence and determine which of many RNA-binding proteinsbound to that specific RNA sequence. A multiplicity of proteins can besimultaneously tested to determine whether any interact with a known RNAmolecule. Similarly, a multiplicity of RNAs can be simultaneously testedto determine whether any interact with a known RNA-binding protein.

[0590] In still other embodiments, the methods of the present invention,as described above, may be practiced using a kit for detecting aninteraction between two proteins or a protein and a nucleic acidsequence.

[0591] In an illustrative embodiment, a kit for detecting aprotein-protein interaction includes two vectors, a host cell, and(optionally) a set of primers for cloning one or more genes encodingsample proteins from a patient sample. The first vector may contain apromoter, a transcription termination signal, and other transcriptionand translation signals functionally associated with the first chimericgene in order to direct the expression of the first chimeric gene. Thefirst chimeric gene includes a DNA sequence that encodes a DNA-bindingdomain and a unique restriction site(s) for inserting a DNA sequenceencoding either the target or sample protein, or a fragment thereof, insuch a manner that the cloned sequence is expressed as part of a hybridprotein with the DNA-binding domain. The first vector also includes ameans for replicating itself (e.g., an origin of replication) in thehost cell. In preferred embodiments, the first vector also includes afirst marker gene, the expression of which in the host cell permitsselection of cells containing the first marker gene from cells that donot contain the first marker gene. Preferably, the first vector is aplasmid, though it may optionally be genomically integrated where thechimeric gene encodes the target protein.

[0592] The kit also includes a second vector which contains a secondchimeric gene. The second chimeric gene also includes a promoter andother relevant transcription and translation sequences to directexpression of a second chimeric protein. The second chimeric geneincludes a DNA sequence that encodes an activation tag and a uniquerestriction site(s) to insert a DNA sequence encoding either the targetor sample protein (whichever is not cloned into the first chimericgene), in such a manner that the cloned protein is capable of beingexpressed as part of a fusion protein with the activation tag. Again, asappropriate, the second vector can be genomically integrated.

[0593] In general, the kit will also be provided with one of the twovectors already including the target protein.

[0594] Accordingly in using the kit, the interaction of the targetprotein and the sample protein in the host cell causes a measurablygreater expression of the reporter gene than when the DNA-binding domainand the activation tag are present in the absence of an interactionbetween the two fusion proteins. The cells containing the two hybridproteins are incubated in/on an appropriate medium and the cells aremonitored for the measurable activity of the gene product of thereporter construct. A positive test for this activity is an indicationthat the target protein and the sample protein have interacted. Suchinteraction brings their respective DNA-binding domain and activationtag into sufficiently close proximity to cause efficient transcriptionof the reporter gene.

[0595] As discussed in more detail above, a similar kit for detectingpolypeptide-nucleic acid interactions is also encompassed in theinvention.

[0596] Exemplification

[0597] The invention, now being generally described, will be morereadily understood by reference to the following examples, which areincluded merely for purposes of illustration of certain aspects andembodiments of the present invention and are not intended to limit theinvention.

EXAMPLE 1

[0598] We have developed a bacterial “two-hybrid” system that readilyallows selection from libraries greater than 10⁸ in size. Our bacterialsystem may be used to study either protein-DNA or protein-proteininteractions, and it offers a number of potentially significantadvantages over existing yeast-based one-hybrid and two-hybrid methods.We tested our system by selecting zinc finger variants (from a largerandomized library) that bind tightly and specifically to desired DNAtarget sites. Our new method allows sequence-specific zinc fingers to beisolated in a single selection step, and thus it should be more rapidthan phage display strategies which typically require multipleenrichment/amplification cycles. Given the large library sizes ourbacterial-based selection system can handle, this method should providea powerful tool for identifying and optimizing protein-DNA andprotein-protein interactions.

[0599] Selection and screening methods are powerful tools for studyingmacromolecular interactions. Examples of such methods include theyeast-based one-hybrid and two-hybrid systems (for studying protein-DNAand protein-protein interactions, respectively) and bacterial-basedphage display methods (for studying either type of interaction). Thesesystems have been used to identify interaction partners for particularDNA or protein targets, and they have also been used in combination withmutagenesis or randomization strategies to study the details ofbiologically important interactions (for reviews, see 1-5). Thedevelopment of bacterial-based systems analogous to the yeast one-hybridand two-hybrid methods could, in principle, facilitate the rapidanalysis of larger libraries (due to the higher transformationefficiency and faster growth rate observed with E. coli). Such methodsmight also be faster than phage display, which is an enrichmenttechnique requiring multiple rounds of affinity purification andamplification (see, for example, 6).

[0600] Several bacterial one- and two-hybrid systems have been proposed,but there have been no reports in which these actually have been used toidentify candidates from a real library (reviewed in 7). This mayreflect practical limitations with these existing systems. Most of thesemethods are actually designed as genetic screens (8-10) and thus can notbe readily used with libraries greater than ˜10⁵-10⁶ in size. Twogenetic selection systems have been proposed for studyingprotein-protein interactions, but neither method is readily adaptable tothe analysis of protein-DNA interactions (11, 12).

[0601] In this report we describe the design and testing of anE.coli-based selection method that can detect either protein-DNA orprotein-protein interactions and that can handle libraries larger than10⁸ in size. We tested our new method by selecting Cys₂His₂ zinc fingervariants similar to those previously isolated by phage display (6, 13).The results of our selection, the rapidity of our method, and theversatility of the underlying transcriptional activation scheme suggestthat this bacterial-based system should provide a useful tool foridentifying and characterizing protein-DNA and protein-proteininteractions.

[0602] Materials And Methods

[0603] Selective medium. “HIS selective medium” is composed of M9minimal medium supplemented with 10 μM ZnCl₂, 10 μg/ml thiamine, 200 μMadenine, 50 μg/ml carbenicillin, 30 μg/ml chloramphenicol, 30 μg/mlkanamycin, 50 μM IPTG, 20 mM 3-aminotriazole (3-AT), and 17 amino acids(all except histidine, methionine, and cysteine). For HIS selectivemedium plates, agar was added to a final concentration of 1.5%.

[0604] Plasmids and bacterial strains. The αGal4 protein used in thisstudy contains residues 1-248 of the E. coli RNA polymerase α subunitfused (by an Ala-Ala-Ala linker) to residues 58-97 of the yeast Gal4protein. The pACYC184-derived plasmid pACL-αGal4 expresses αGal4 from atandem, IPTG-inducible lpp/lacUV5 promoter.

[0605] The Gal11P-Zif123 fusion protein contains residues 263-352 of theyeast Gal11P protein (with a N342V mutation [14]) fused by a nine aminoacid linker Ala-Ala-Ala-Pro-Arg-Val-Arg-Thr-Gly to residues 327-421 ofZif268 (the region encoding the three zinc fingers). The phagemidpBR-GP-Z123 expresses the Gal11P-Zif123 hybrid protein from anIPTG-inducible lacUV5 promoter. The pBR-GP-Z12BbsI phagemid is analogousto pBR-GP-Z123 except that Zif finger 3 is replaced with a modified Ziffinger 1 in which the sequence encoding residues −1 through 6 of thefinger recognition helix is replaced by unrelated sequence (a “stuffer”fragment) flanked by BbsI restriction sites. All phagemids used in thisstudy can be easily “rescued” from cells by infection with a filamentoushelper phage; infectious phage particles produced by these cells containsingle-stranded phagemid DNA.

[0606] The reporter construct that expresses HIS3 (P_(zif)HIS3-aadA) hasthe Zif268 binding site sequence ^(5′)GCGTGGGCG^(3′) centered at basepair −63 relative to the transcription start site of a weak E. coli lacpromoter derivative (the P_(wk) promoter). The three selection strainreporters change the zinc finger binding site of P_(zif)HIS3-aadA,replacing the sequence ^(5′)TCGACAAGCGTGGGCG^(3′) (bases −74 to −59relative to the transcription start site) with sequences that shouldallow binding of the desired zinc finger variants:^(5′)CAAGGGTTCAGGGGCG^(3′) (for NRE), ^(5′)GGCTATAAAAGGGGCG^(3′) (forTATA), or ^(5′)TGGGACATGTTGGGCG^(3′) (for p53). Each of these reporterswas transferred (by recombination) to an F′ episome encoding lacI^(q)repressor and then introduced into strain KJ1C in a single stepessentially as previously described (15, J. K. J. & C. O. P.,unpublished). The resulting strains were then each transformed with thepACL-αGal4 plasmid to create the NRE, TATA, p53, and Zif “selectionstrains.”

[0607]E.coli strain KJ1C, which has a deletion in the hisB gene, wasconstructed as follows: Strain SB3930 (F-ΔhisB463) was transduced totetracycline resistance with P1^(vir) phage grown on strain JCB40(F-Δ(gpt-proAB-arg-lac),XIII zaj::Tn10). Tetracycline-resistant colonieswere screened for pro-, arg- lac-, and his-phenotypes.

[0608] Randomized zinc finger library. The zinc finger variant librarywas constructed by cassette mutagenesis. Randomized oligonucleotidessynthesized using a two-column method (16) were ligated to BbsI-digestedpBR-GP-Z12BbsI vector (replacing the “stuffer” fragment in thisphagemid) to create a library of zinc finger variants. Each member ofthis library has three zinc fingers: two constant fingers (fingers 1 and2 of Zif268) and a third, carboxy-terminal finger (also derived fromfinger 1 of Zif268) in which recognition helix residues −1, 1, 2, 3, 5,and 6 are randomized. Our randomization scheme allows 24 possiblecodons, encoding 19 possible amino acids (no cysteine) and one stopcodon. The sequence complexity of the resulting library is ˜2×10⁸. Thisligation was electroporated into E. coli XL-1 Blue cells (Stratagene)and yielded >10⁹ transformants. These were pooled, amplified, and theninfected with VCS-M13 helper phage (Stratagene) to yield a high titerstock of phage harboring single-stranded versions of the phagemidlibrary.

[0609] Selection protocols. For initial selections with each of thethree variant sites, >10¹⁰ selection strain cells were infected withapproximately 10⁹ ampicillin-resistance transducing units (ATU) of phagefrom the phagemid library. After recovery under non-selective conditionsfor 1.5 hours, infected cells were plated at a density of approximately1 to 5×10⁸ ampicillin-resistant colonies/plate on “HIS selectivemedium.” (Control experiments indicated a false positive rate of ˜3×10⁻⁸under these selection conditions.) The largest surviving colonies werere-tested for growth on HIS selective medium plates supplemented with 60μg/ml spectinomycin (we chose 80-90 colonies for the NRE and TATAselections and 240 colonies for the p53 selection). Candidates thatre-grew on these plates were then chosen for phagemid-linkage testing.

[0610] The second NRE selection was performed in two stages, in anattempt to isolate additional variants. In the first stage, >10¹⁰ NREselection strain cells were infected with 6×10⁹ ATU of phage from thephagemid library. After recovery under non-selective conditions, theinfection was plated at a density of ˜6×10⁸ ampicillin-resistantcolonies/plate on HIS selective medium. Half of the ˜900 survivingcolonies were pooled and amplified in liquid HIS selective mediumsupplemented with 50 μg/ml spectinomycin. This pooled culture wasinfected with VCS-M13 helper phage, grown overnight in 2×YT mediumsupplemented with 50 μg/ml spectinomycin, and a high titer stock ofphage was isolated. For the second stage, fresh NRE selection cells wereinfected with phage containing the enriched library of phagemids (fromthe first stage), and these were plated on HIS selective medium plates.Twenty-four surviving colonies of various sizes were re-tested forgrowth on HIS selective medium plates (supplemented with 60 μg/mlspectinomycin) and these were then checked for phagemid-linkage.

[0611] Phagemid-linkage testing. Colonies that grew on HIS selectivemedium were then tested to see whether survival was phagemid-linked.Candidates were inoculated into liquid HIS selective medium supplementedwith 100 μg/ml spectinomycin (but lacking 3-AT). All of the NRE and TATAselection candidates, and the 72 fastest growing p53 selectioncandidates, were each infected with VCS-M13 helper phage, and theresulting phage-containing supernatants were harvested. Each candidatephage was used to infect fresh selection strain cells (corresponding tothose on which it was originally selected), and these infected cellswere plated on HIS selective medium. Growth under these conditionsdemonstrates that activation of HIS3 expression is linked to thepresence of the phagemid (and thus suggests that the phagemid-encodedzinc fingers bind to the DNA target site on which they were selected).

[0612] Binding site preference testing. To test the ability of theselected zinc fingers to discriminate among different binding sites,recovered phagemids were introduced (by phage infection) into NRE, p53,TATA, and Zif selection strain cells. Infected cells were plated on HISselective medium and growth scored qualitatively after 24 hours growthat 37° C. and 18 hours continued growth at room temperature. Under theseconditions, we have found that survival of a selection strain indicatesthat the variant finger can bind the target subsite present on thereporter. If a zinc finger variant permits selection strains (other thanthe one in which it was initially isolated) to survive on selectivemedium, this suggests that the variant finger binds semi- ornon-specifically.

[0613] Sequencing of candidates. To prepare candidates for sequencing,the phage stocks of clones with a phagemid-linked phenotype were used toinfect XL-1 Blue cells. Plasmid DNA was isolated from these cells(QIAgen) and used for dideoxy sequencing.

[0614] Results

[0615] An improved E.coli-based “two-hybrid” selection system forstudying protein-DNA and protein-protein interactions. To design abacterial-based selection method for studying protein-DNA andprotein-protein interactions, we began with an existing genetic screenpreviously developed by Hochschild and colleagues (7, 8, 10). In thisscreen, as in the yeast “two-hybrid” system, there are two fusionproteins that interact in a way that leads to transcriptional activationof a lacZ reporter gene (FIG. 1A). One protein is composed of a DNAbinding domain (DBD) fused to another domain represented as X in FIG.1A. The second protein contains the domain Y fused to a subunit of theE. coli RNA polymerase. In this arrangement, activation of lacZexpression requires appropriate protein-DNA and protein-proteininteractions: The DBD must bind to a DNA binding site (DBS) positionednear the promoter, and domain X must simultaneously interact with domainY to recruit RNA polymerase to the promoter, thereby activatingtranscription. The major advantage of this system is that almost anyprotein-DNA (DBD-DBS) or protein-protein (X-Y) interaction shouldmediate transcriptional activation. However, because lacZ is used as areporter gene in this system, candidates must be identified by a visualphenotype (e.g.—their blue color on X-gal plates). Thus, the system (inthis form) can not readily be used to screen libraries larger than˜10⁵-10⁶ in size.

[0616] To improve this previously described system so that it can beused to analyze libraries greater than 10⁸ in size, we replaced the lacZgene used in the Hochschild genetic screen with the selectable yeastHIS3 gene (FIG. 1B). HIS3 encodes an enzyme required for histidinebiosynthesis that can complement the growth defect of E.coli cellsbearing a deletion in the homologous hisB gene (ΔhisB cells) (17,18). Inaddition, 3-aminotriazole (3-AT), which is a competitive inhibitor ofHIS3, can be used to titrate the level of HIS3 expression required forgrowth on medium lacking histidine (19). (Thus, in the presence of 3-AT,a higher level of activation is required to allow growth on selectivemedium.) We find that HIS3 is attractive for use with large librariessince: 1) >10⁸ ΔhisB cells harboring a HIS3 gene expressed from theP_(wk) promoter can be plated on a regular-size Petri dish containingHIS selective medium, and 2) we find that these cells have a very lowfalse positive rate (about 3×10⁻⁸) on HIS selective medium (data notshown).

[0617] Our modified construct also contains the bacterial aadA gene(which confers resistance to the antibiotic spectinomycin) (20)positioned just downstream of the HIS3 gene (FIG. 1B). We refer to thisconstruct as the P_(wk)-HIS3-aadA operon because P_(wk) directscoordinated expression of the HIS3 and aadA genes (data not shown).Although selection for increased aadA expression is not suitable fordirect analysis of large libraries (we find this allows a relativelyhigh background breakthrough [data not shown]), we used spectinomycin incertain steps to maintain selective pressure (see Materials andMethods). In addition, we also constructed reporter strains which harbora lacZ gene positioned just downstream of the HIS3 gene. In thissynthetic operon, P_(wk) directs coordinated expression of the HIS3 andlacZ genes. In this configuration, basal expression of lacZ is low andthus cells harboring this reporter construct form white colonies onX-gal-containing medium (data not shown).

[0618] Zinc finger domains can bind DNA and activate transcription inE.coli. We tested our new E.coli-based system by applying it to aproblem previously studied using phage display: the selection, from alarge randomized library, of zinc finger variants with altered DNAbinding specificities (for review, see 21). However, before proceedingwith selections, we first examined whether a wild-type zinc fingerprotein could bind DNA and activate transcription in our system.(Relatively little information was available on the activity of Cys₂His₂zinc finger proteins in bacteria.) To do this, we constructed fusionproteins containing fragments of the yeast Gal11P and Gal4 proteins thathad previously been shown to interact with each other (10, 14). Thus, wefused a Gal11P fragment to the three zinc fingers of the murine Zif268protein (creating the Gal11P-Zif123 protein), and we replaced thecarboxy-terminal domain of the E.coli RNA polymerase α subunit with aGal4 fragment (creating the chimeric αGal4 protein). A Zif268 DNAbinding site was positioned upstream of our P_(wk)-HIS3-aadA operon tocreate the P_(zif)-HIS3-aadA operon (FIG. 1C), and this cassette wasintroduced into a ΔhisB E.coli strain in single copy to create the “Zifreporter strain.”

[0619] We then tested whether the Gal11P-Zif123 and αGal4 proteins couldwork together as a “two-hybrid” system to activate transcription of theP_(zif)-HIS3-aadA operon. We find that Zif reporter strain cellsexpressing only the αGal4 protein do not grow on HIS selective medium,but the same cells can grow when the Gal11P-Zif123 protein is expressedtogether with the αGal4 protein. We also find that activation requiresall three Zif268 fingers: a Gal11P fusion protein which contains onlythe first two zinc fingers from Zif268 does not permit growth onselective medium. We performed similar experiments using reporter cellsharboring the P_(wk)-HIS3lacZ operon and obtained similar results (datanot shown) on HIS selective medium. In addition, cells harboring theHIS3-lacZ operon in which the promoter is activated by theGal11P-Zif123/αGal4 interaction form blue colonies on X-gal medium,indicating increased expression of the lacZ reporter gene. These resultsindicate that the Gal11P-Zif123 and αGal4 proteins can work together toactivate transcription in our E.coli system. We presume that theDNA-bound Gal11P-Zif123 acts by recruiting (or stabilizing) RNApolymerase complexes that have incorporated αGal4. These results alsogive some information about the DNA-affinity threshold for activationsince we find that fingers 1 and 2 of Zif268 alone are not sufficient.

[0620] Selection strategy for isolation of zinc finger variants. Sinceour initial results indicated that zinc fingers could function in E.coli and that our activation scheme worked as expected, we proceeded totest our system by isolating zinc finger variants from a largerandomized library. We chose target DNA subites that had been used in anearlier phage display study (6, 13). This previous study had involvedselecting zinc finger variants that would bind to sequences normallyrecognized by important eukaryotic DNA-binding proteins. The AAA targetsubsite used in our experiments is part of a TATA box, the TGT targetsubsite is part of a p53 binding site, and the TCA target subsite ispart of a nuclear receptor element (NRE). We refer to these sequences asthe “TATA,” “p53,” and “NRE” target subsites.

[0621] Our strategy for identifying variant zinc fingers that bindspecifically to a particular “target” DNA subite relies on the abilityof our system to distinguish between zinc finger proteins that bindusing two fingers (recognizing 6-7 bp) from those that bind using threefingers (recognizing 9-10 bp). We synthesized a large library ofthree-finger Zif268-derivatives (each fused to the Gal11P fragment). Inthis library, the first two fingers of Zif268 remain constant, but therecognition helix of the third, carboxy-terminal finger is randomized(see Materials and Methods). We also prepared “selection strains” withthe appropriate zinc finger binding sites upstream of theP_(wk)-HIS3-aadA operon. (Each of these has the normal binding subitesfor fingers 1 and 2 of Zif268, but the third subsite [black notchedrectangle, FIG. 2] is changed to include the “target” DNA subsites ofinterest [AAA for TATA; TGT for p53; TCA for NRE].) Each of these ΔhisBselection strains also contain a plasmid expressing the αGal4 protein,and these bacteria are referred to as the TATA, p53, and NRE selectionstrains. (As a control for use in binding site specificity studies [seebelow], we also constructed a corresponding “Zif selection strain” thathas an intact Zif268 binding site [containing subsites for all threeZif268 fingers] positioned upstream of the P_(wk) promoter.)

[0622] To perform a selection with one of these three target subsites,we introduced >5×10⁸ members of the phagemid library into theappropriate selection strain and plated the cells on HIS selectivemedium. From our earlier controls, we expected that growth would requirethree functional fingers; thus, a cell should survive only if it happensto express a protein with a finger that binds tightly to the targetsubsite (FIG. 2).

[0623] Positive candidates identified on HIS selective medium were thenchecked in several ways: Each candidate was first tested to verify thatthe phenotype of growth on selective medium was linked to the phagemidencoding the zinc finger library candidate (phagemid-linkage test, seeMaterials and Methods). Clones that still appeared positive were thentested to see how well they distinguish among the NRE, TATA, p53, andZif subsites (binding site preference test, see Materials and Methods).Finally, clones were sequenced to determine which amino acids werepreferred at the positions that had been randomized.

[0624] Selection of Zinc Fingers that bind the TATA Target Subsite. Fromthe ˜5×10⁸ zinc finger variants introduced into the TATA selectionstrain, we identified 50 candidates with a phagemid-linked phenotype.Based on their ability to distinguish among the TATA, p53, NRE and Zifsubsites, these candidates can be categorized into three groups. Group Icandidates bind specifically to the TATA target subsite. Group IIcandidates bind semi-specifically (with a strong preference for the TATAsubsite over the Zif subsite); Group III candidates bindnon-specifically to all four subsites tested (with a preference for theZif and p53 subsites over the TATA and NRE subsites). Amino acidsequences are shown in FIGS. 3A (Groups I and II) and 3D (Group III) andreveal striking conserved patterns. for each of the groups.

[0625] Selection of Zinc Fingers that bind the p53 Target Subsite. Fromthe ˜1.3×10⁹ zinc finger variants introduced into the p53 selectionstrain, we identified 43 candidates that demonstrate a phagemid-linkedphenotype. Based on their ability to distinguish among the fourdifferent subsites, these candidates can be categorized into threegroups. Group I candidates bind specifically to the p53 target subsite.Group II candidates bind semi-specifically (with a general preferencefor the p53 subsite over the Zif subsite); Group III candidates bindnon-specifically to all four subsites tested (again with a slightpreference for the Zif and p53 subsites over the TATA and NRE subsites).The amino acid sequences of the recognition helices of these candidatesare shown in FIGS. 3B (Groups I and II) and 3D (Group III). Strikingpatterns of conserved residues are seen in each group.

[0626] Selection of Zinc Fingers that bind the NRE Target Site. ˜2×10⁹zinc finger variants were introduced into the NRE selection strain, andwe obtained two candidates that demonstrated a phagemid~inked phenotype.One candidate binds specifically to the NRE target subsite (and alsoexhibits very weak binding to the TATA subsite). The second candidatebinds non-specifically to all four subsites tested (with a preferencefor the Zif and p53 subsites over the NRE and TATA subsites). Weselected a finger with a similar recognition helix sequence usingreporter cells harboring the P_(wk)-HIS3-lacZ operon (data not shown).

[0627] To isolate additional clones that recognize the NRE subsite, weperformed a modified two-stage selection procedure. In the first stage,we repeated the selection for the NRE subsite and pooled 50% of thesurviving colonies (approximately 450 candidates). In the second stage,finger-encoding phagemids isolated from this enriched pool (seeMaterials and Methods) were then re-introduced into the NRE selectionstrain and plated again on selective medium. All 24 colonies chosen forfurther analysis displayed a phagemid-linked phenotype, and these zincfingers could be categorized into two groups on the basis of theirobserved specificities. Group I sequences bind well to the target NREsubsite (with very weak binding to the TATA subsite). Group IIIcandidates bind non-specifically to all four subsites tested (with apreference for the Zif and p53 subsites over the NRE and TATA subsites).The recognition helix sequences of all of the selected candidates areshown in FIGS. 3C (Group I) and 3D (Group III). As with our otherselections, striking patterns of conserved residues are observed in eachof these groups.

[0628] Discussion

[0629] Selection of variant zinc fingers with altered DNA-bindingspecificities using a bacterial-based selection method. Ourbacterial-based selection system is designed to rapidly identify andcharacterize protein-DNA and protein-protein interactions. To test ourmethod, we performed selections to identify variant zinc fingers thatwould bind selectively to desired target DNA subsites. We discuss theseresults in some detail in the following paragraphs, but our mainobservation is that the affinity and specificity of the selected fingersseems comparable, if not superior, to those obtained in earlier phagedisplay studies (which required multiple rounds of selection andamplification).

[0630] For the TATA selection, subsite-specific fingers identified byour method (TATA Group I) define two consensus sequences, and theseclosely match the two consensus sequences observed in fingers isolatedby phage display (FIG. 3A). However, the randomization scheme used inconstructing our library allowed aromatic amino acids (Phe, Tyr and Trp)that were not represented in the codon scheme used for the correspondingphage display library (6, 13). One consensus sequence obtained with ourselection appears to specify an aromatic residue at position 5 of therecognition helix (NSGAθN, where θ is an aromatic residue). Thecorresponding phage display-derived consensus (NSGA_N) does not defineany particular class of residues at this position. Our selection alsoyielded another class of fingers that appear to be semi-specific for theTATA subsite (TATA Group II fingers). The sequences of these fingersalso match one of the phage display consensus sequences, but all (exceptone) of these semi-specific fingers are distinguishable from thespecific fingers (TATA Group I) by the presence of either an asparagineat position 5 or a positively charged residue at position 6 (FIG. 3A).Thus, the results for this subsite are quite clear: our selection yieldsfingers that bind specifically to the TATA subsite, and the sequences ofthese fingers match well with those isolated by phage display.

[0631] For the p53 selection, we isolated a number of fingers that bindspecifically to the intended target subsite (p53 Group I). Therecognition helix sequences of two of these fingers match the consensussequence of those obtained by phage display (FIG. 3B). We note that theremaining p53 Group I fingers have an aromatic residue at eitherposition −1 or 2 of the recognition helix and thus would not have beenpresent in libraries used for earlier phage display experiments. Inaddition, fingers isolated by our method that bind semi-specifically tothe p53 subsite (p53 Group II fingers) all possess a tryptophan atposition 2. Although the nature of some of the sequence-specificcontacts made by these fingers is unclear, the conservation of specificaromatic residues at certain positions suggests an important role in DNArecognition. Again, our results with this subsite are very encouraging:our selection yields a number of fingers that bind specifically to thep53 target subsite. Some of these fingers match the consensus obtainedby phage display while others suggest that aromatic residues may play animportant role in zinc finger-DNA recognition.

[0632] For the NRE target subsite, an initial attempt using our newselection method yielded only one finger (NSGSWK) that boundpreferentially to the target sequence. Based on our existing knowledgeof zinc finger-DNA recognition (reviewed in 21), one can postulatereasonable contacts between recognition helix residues of this fingerand bases in the primary strand of the NRE subsite (FIG. 3C). However,we were initially concerned by the relatively low frequency of fingersselected for this site, and we repeated the selection using anadditional enrichment step in an attempt to isolate more fingers. Thegreat majority of sequences isolated this way had the same amino acidsequence as the candidate originally selected (NSGSWK) but two closelyrelated sequences (NSGSHK and NHGSWK) were also identified. Theseresults suggested that we might have obtained a small number of clonesmerely because very few candidates in our library can pass the thresholdset in our NRE selection.

[0633] As shown in FIG. 3C, the sequences of fingers isolated in our NREselections do not match the consensus sequence for fingers selected byphage display. We performed several experiments to explore the basis ofthis difference: We first checked our library by sequencing randomcandidates to ensure that there was no drastic bias in nucleotidedistribution and were able to rule this out as a plausible explanation(unpublished data). We then decided to directly introduce (in exactlythe same context) one of the fingers (TRTNKS) that had been selected byphage display (6) and see whether it could work in our system as aGal11P-zinc finger fusion protein. We find that NRE selection straincells expressing this TRTNKS finger fusion protein grow very poorly onHIS selective medium whereas the same cells expressing the NSGSWK fingerfusion (obtained in our selections) grow robustly (unpublished data).The simplest explanation for this result is that the TRTNKS fingerfusion binds poorly to the NRE subsite and therefore only weaklystimulates HIS3 expression. This explanation is supported by ourobservation that earlier selections with the NRE subsite, using aprototype of our system in which zinc fingers were expressed from a muchhigher copy number phagemid, had yielded the TRTNKS as well as theNSGSWK finger (J. K. J. and C. O. P., unpublished data). This suggeststhat our current system sets a very stringent standard for the NREselections and may account for why we isolated such a small number ofspecific candidates.

[0634] We also used our binding site preference assay to compare thespecificity of the NSGSWK finger we had selected for the NRE subsitewith that of the TRTNKS finger selected by phage display. In ourbacterial-based assays, the NSGSWK finger binds specifically to the NREsubsite and binds only very weakly to the TATA subsite. By contrast, theTRTNKS finger binds only weakly to all four subsites (exhibiting apreference for the NRE and TATA subsites over the p53 and Zif subsites)(unpublished data). These results suggest that the NSGSWK finger weselected actually binds more tightly and specifically in our system thanthe TRTNKS finger identified earlier by phage display.

[0635] Each of our three selections also yielded a small percentage offingers that bind non-specifically to all four DNA subsites tested.Surprisingly, all of these fingers match a consensus sequence of theform R+WL+L (where + denotes a positively charged residue, FIG. 3D).These fingers are rich in positive charge and may make extra phosphatecontacts. We also note that all of these fingers have a tryptophanresidue at position 2 and thus would not have been present in thelibraries used for earlier phage display experiments. This highlyconserved set of non-specific fingers raises many interesting questions:What level of specificity is required for a zinc finger protein tofunction in our assay (and thus to what extent does the E. colichromosome function as a non-specific competitor)? How do these fingersbind? Why is this particular class of non-specific fingers the only typeselected in our system?

[0636] In summary, the TATA and p53 subsite selections demonstrate thatour bacterial-based system can isolate fingers similar to those obtainedpreviously by phage display. Only a few fingers were obtained in the NREsubsite selections, but it appears that these may actually bind withbetter affinity and specificity than those obtained by phage display.Most significantly, we believe our new method offers a more rapidalternative to phage display because it permits functional fingers to beisolated in a single selection step instead of using multiple rounds ofenrichment. We also note that (as with recent phage display efforts fromthis lab and other laboratories) we took no special precautions toperform our selections in an anaerobic environment. We envision that ourrapid bacterial-based system will be particularly useful for projectsrequiring multiple zinc finger selections (performed either in parallelor sequentially).

[0637] General strategies for studying protein-DNA and protein-proteininteractions utilizing our bacterial-based two-hybrid selection system.This report demonstrates that our bacterial-based system can be used ina manner analogous to the yeast one-hybrid method to identify variantzinc fingers that bind to a specific DNA subsite. We have also foundthat a number of other eukaryotic DNA binding domains can readilyfunction in our system (J. Miller, J. Kanter, J. K. J., E. I. R., and C.O. P., unpublished results). Thus, we expect that our method could alsobe readily used to identify DNA-binding proteins from cDNA libraries orrandom peptide libraries.

[0638] With a few minor modifications, our selection method could alsobe used to identify and study protein-protein or protein-peptideinteractions. In this application (analogous to the yeast two-hybridmethod), the protein target (the “bait” or domain Y in FIGS. 1A and 1B)could be fused to either the dimeric α subunit or to the monomeric ωsubunit of RNA polymerase. The protein or peptide library to be analyzed(the “prey” or domain X in FIGS. 1A and 1B) could be fused to either adimeric (e.g.—bacteriophage λcI protein) or monomeric (e.g.—Zif268) DNAbinding domain. (Previous experiments have shown that differentinteracting proteins X and Y can effect transcriptional activation andthat the magnitude of this activation correlates well with the strengthof the X-Y interaction [reviewed in 22].) The reporter in thisapplication would be the P_(wk)-HIS3-aadA operon bearing an upstreambinding site for the particular DBD used in the experiment. As withother applications of our system, the phagemid rescue feature simplifiesand reduces the time required to analyze plasmid linkage and to testinteraction specificity.

[0639] Our bacterial-based selection system offers a number ofpotentially significant advantages over analogous yeast-based one-hybridand two-hybrid methods (reviewed in 7). In particular it offers: theability to analyze libraries larger than 10⁸ in size, faster growthrate, greater potential permeability to small molecules (23), theabsence of a requirement for nuclear localization, and the possibilityof studying proteins that are toxic when expressed in yeast. To ourknowledge, this report is the first description of a bacterial-based“two hybrid” system that has actually been used to identify candidatesof interest from a large library (>10⁸ in size). Our HIS3-based systemprovides a rapid selection method with a low false positive rate, and itcan easily be titrated to be more or less stringent simply by varyingthe concentration of 3-AT inhibitor in the medium. Our method is alsoamenable to high-throughput analysis and automation, as many steps areperformed in a 96-well format. We envision that our genetic selectionmethod will provide a powerful, broadly applicable tool for identifyingand characterizing both protein-DNA and protein-protein interactions.TABLE 1 Effects of fusion proteins on HIS3 expression from the P_(zif)promoter “Zif reporter strain” cells (see text) expressing the indicatedfusion proteins were tested for growth on HIS selective medium. Fusionproteins expressed Growth on HIS Selective Medium Gal4 only No growthGal11P-Zif123 and αGal4 Growth Gal11P-Zif12 and αGal4 No Growth

[0640] References cited in Example 1

[0641] 1. Allen, J. B., Walberg, M. W., Edwards, M. C. & Elledge, S. J.(1995) Trends Biol. Sci. 20, 511-516.

[0642] 2. Phizicky, E. M. & Fields, S. (1995) Microbiol. Rev. 59,94-123.

[0643] 3. Rebar, E. J., Greisman, H. A., & Pabo, C. O. (1996) Mthds.Enzymol. 267, 129-149.

[0644] 4. Smith, G. P. & Petrenko, V. A. (1997) Chem. Rev. 97, 391-410.

[0645] 5. Vidal, M. & Legrain, P. (1999) Nucl. Acids Res. 27, 919-929.

[0646] 6. Wolfe, S. A., Greisman, H. A., Ramm, E. I., & Pabo, C. O.(1999) J. Mol. Biol. 285, 1917-1934.

[0647] 7. Hu, J. C., Komacker, M. G., & Hochschild, A. (2000) Methods20, 80-94.

[0648] 8. Dove, S. L., Joung, J. K., & Hochschild, A. (1997) Nature 386,627-630.

[0649] 9. Komacker, M. G., Remsburg, B. & Menzel, R. (1998) Mol.Microbio. 30, 615-624.

[0650] 10. Dove, S. L. & Hochschild, A. (1998) Genes Dev. 12, 745-754,

[0651] 11. Karimova, G., Pidoux, J., Ullmann, A., & Ladant, D (1998).Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 95, 5752-5756.

[0652] 12. Pelletier, J. N., Campbell-Valois, F. -X., & Michnick, S. W(1998). Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 95, 12141-12146.

[0653] 13. Greisman, H. A. & Pabo, C. O.(1997) Science 275, 657-661.

[0654] 14. Farrell, S., Simkovich, N., Wu, Y., Barberis, A., & Ptashne,M. (1996) Genes Dev. 10, 2359-2367.

[0655] 15. Whipple, F. W. (1998) Nucleic Acids Res. 26, 3700-3706.

[0656] 16. Wolfe, S. A., Ramm, E. I., & Pabo, C. O., (2000) Structure,in press.

[0657] 17. Struhl, K., Cameron, J. R., & Davis, R. W. (1976) Proc. Natl.Acad. Sci. USA 73, 1471-1475.

[0658] 18. Struhl, K. & Davis, R. W. (1977) Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA74, 5255-5259.

[0659] 19. Brennan, M. B. & Struhl, K. (1980) J. Mol. Biol. 136,333-338.

[0660] 20. Hollingshead, J. & Vapnek, D. (1984) Plasmid 13, 17-30.

[0661] 21. Wolfe, S. A., Nekludova, L., & Pabo, C. O. (2000) Annu. Rev.Biophys. Biomol. 29, 183-212.

[0662] 22. Dove, S. L. & Hochschild, A. (1998) Cold Spring Harb SympQuant Biol. 63,173-180.

[0663] 23. Fernandes, P. B. (1998) Curr. Opin. Chem. Biol. 2, 597-603.

EXAMPLE 2

[0664] In order to determine if bacterial cells can be sorted by FACSaccording to the methods of the present invention, we first tested thebehavior of several different fluorescent proteins in our system.

[0665] We originally tried the promoter constructs described in Example1 above with EGFP as the reporter gene, but decided that a strongersignal would be more useful. We placed the reporter construct on a lowcopy number p15A origin/chloramphenicol resistant plasmid rather thanthe single copy F factor. We then cloned the alpha-gal4 fusion and itslpp-UV5 promoter onto a low copy number plasmid with the RK2 origin andtetracycline resistance. plasmid origin copies per cell inducerantibiotic resistance reporter p15A 20-30 N/A chloramphenicol alpha-gal4RK2 ˜10 IPTG tetracycline DBD-gal11P ColE1 50-70 IPTG ampicilin

[0666] As FIG. 4 illustrates, discernible differences in fluorescence ofthe host cells can be detected between a bait protein that binds the DNAsite tightly (Z121) versus a bait protein that does not bind the DNAsite tightly (Z12). We tested green fluorescent protein mut 3.1 (GFP3.1), enhanced green fluorescent protein (EGFP), enhanced yellowfluorescent protein (EYFP) and red fluorescence protein (dsRed). Inanother experiment, similar results were obtained using Renillareniformis GFP and GFPmut2 as the reporters.

[0667]FIG. 5 illustrates that interacting pairs can be isolated from alibrary using FACS. Approximately 200,000 cells from a mixed culturecontaining one “positive” cell for every 10,000 “negative” cells weresorted using a Becton Dickinson FACStar plus. Nine cells that wereselected based on a high EGFP signal were cultured and analyzed by PCR.True positive cells should yield a PCR product of approximately 450basepairs in size (positive control, lane 3). True negative cells shouldyield a PCR product of approximately 358 basepairs in size (negativecontrol, lane 2). DNA size markers are in the control lane marked M.Eight of the nine clones appear to be true positives.

[0668] In the embodiment described above, both the alpha-gal4 and thezinc-finger-Gal11P fusion proteins are induced by the same chemical(IPTG). Accordingly, the concentrations of the two proteins can not bevaried independently. In order to build a system where theconcentrations of these proteins can be varied independently, weobtained several plasmids from Herman Bujard's lab in Germany that makeit easy to swap origins, antibiotic resistance genes, and promotersbetween plasmids, and we made and tested a number of differentcombinations of alpha-Gal4, reporter constructs, and zinc-finger Gal11Pfusion with different plasmid origins under the control of differentpromoters. The setup that gave the best results uses our previousreporter construct (on the p15A origin plasmid), has thezinc-finger-Gal11P fusion under the control of the pLlacO-1 promoter(IPTG inducible), on a plasmid with the ColE1 origin and Ampicillinresistance (pZE12), and has the alpha-Gal4 fusion under the control ofthe pLtetO-1 promoter (inducible by anhydrotetracycline-aTc) on aplasmid with the low copy number pSC101 origin and Kanamycin resistance(pZS21). With the proper concentrations of inducers (IPTG and aTc), wehave seen up to 27 fold activation. This ability to independentlycontrol expression of the fusion proteins should make the system muchmore powerful since we can keep the alpha-Gal4 concentration at theoptimal level while adjusting the protein level to a concentration thatis appropriate for the affinity and specificity of the particularprotein under study. For example, in an embodiment where directedevolution is used through subsequent rounds of isolation, one couldstart out with high protein expression in the early rounds and thenlower the protein expression in subsequent rounds as the evolvedproteins became better and better at binding the target site tightly andspecifically (and this could be done without lowering the alpha-gal4concentration). plasmid origin copies per cell inducer antibioticresistance reporter p15A 20-30 N/A chloramphenicol alpha-gal4 pSC101˜10-12   aTc kanamycin DBD-gal11P ColE1 50-70 IPTG ampicilin

[0669]FIG. 6 shows preliminary data utilizing this embodiment of thesystem. It appears that the system is especially dependent on theconcentration of aTc in the media.The fluorescence of all the samplesare normalized with respect to sample #1 (which has the lowestconcentration of IPTG and aTc). The cells are E. Coli of the strainDH5alpha-Z1 and were grown for 24 hours at 30° C. in minimal media (asdescribed in Example 1, except the media had all 20 amino acids,contains 50 mM HEPES at pH 7.5, chloramphenicol, kanamycin, ampicilin,and the indicated concentrations of IPTG and aTc). The cells were thenspun down and resuspended in PBS (phosphate buffered saline) immediatelyprior to measurement. The samples were measured on a Becton DickinsonFacScan flow cytometer with the standard argon ion laser (488 nmemission), the standard set of optical filters, and the EGFP signalmeasured in channel one. This is similar to the protocol used for cellsexpressing dsRed except that to get an optimal signal the cells have tobe grown at room temperature for 48 hours in standard LB, or grown for48 hours at 30° C. in minimal media with 10 g/l caseamino acids.

EXAMPLE 3

[0670] The ability to simultaneously and independently monitor theinteraction of a single DNA-binding protein with multiple DNA bindingsites within a single cell could be very useful for selecting proteinswith differential activation at distinct DNA binding sites. Separatereporter constructs, each with a separate DNA binding site driving theexpression of a reporter gene that encodes a fluorescent protein withunique fluorescent properties, is one way to achieve this goal. In orderto create such a system using the bacterial two-hybrid ITS, we decidedto use EGFP and dsRed (RFP) as the two reporter genes since they havedifferent fluorescent emission spectra, but can both be excited by theargon ion lasers (λ=488 mn) commonly found in FACS machines. The firstreporter construct has a binding site for the Zif268 protein, a minimalpLac promoter and EGFP as the reporter gene. The second reporterconstruct has a binding site for the T11 protein (a protein selected aspart of Example 1), uses a hybrid promoter consisting of the λ pRMpromoter with its −35 region replaced with the −35 region of the pLacpromoter, and has dsRed as the reporter gene. The sequence of the pLacpromoter is: CTTTACACTTTATGCTTCCGGCTCGTATGTTGTGTCGA (SEQ ID NO: 2) andthe sequence of the hybrid promoter is: CTTTACAATTTATCCCTTGGTCGGCTAGATTTACTCGAG (SEQ ID NO: 3).

[0671] To facilitate the introduction of both reporter constructs intothe host cell and to insure equal quantities of each reporter constructwithin a given host cell, both reporter constructs were placed on asingle two-color reporter plasmid. The orientation of the key parts ofthe two reporter constructs with respect to each other is shown in FIG.7. As indicated in FIG. 7, the two reporter genes are transcribed indifferent directions and are thus encoded by opposite strands of DNA;this ensures that transcriptional “read-through” of one reporter genewill not erroneously affect the expression of the other reporter gene.It is also important to insure that the plasmids are designed in such away that transcriptional “read-through” doesn't interfere with theplasmid origin of replication or with expression of the antibioticresistance gene.

[0672] In order to test how well this reporter construct functions inthe two hybrid system, the two-color plasmid containing both reporterconstructs was introduced into host cells with the α-Gal4 fusion proteinand one of three Gal11P-zinc finger fusions: [Gal11p-Zif268, whichshould interact only with the Zif268 binding site; Gal11p-T11, whichshould interact only the T11 site; and Gal11P-Z12, which should interactwith neither binding site]. Overnight cultures of the host cellscontaining the two color reporter plasmid and the appropriate fusionproteins were grown in LB media on a rotating drum incubator at 37° C.and 10 μl of these saturated cultures were used to inoculate 3 mlcultures of minimal media (as described in example 2, except with 10 g/lcaseaminoacids) containing 10 ng/ml aTc and 100 μM IPTG. These cultureswere incubated at 30° C. on a rotating drum incubator for 48 hours andthen the cultures were diluted 100 fold in Phosphate Buffered Saline(PBS) and measured on a Becton Dickinson FACScan flow cytometer. Theresults from each of these three separate experiments are shown in FIG.8. The data for each experiment is presented as a dot plot were each dotindicates the amount of EGFP and dsRed (RFP) signal for a single cell byits position with respect to the X and Y axis. The data for 1000individual cells is shown for each experiment. The regions R1 and R2 aredrawn in the identical position on all three plots to allow for easycomparisons between the experiments. This data shows that cellscontaining a bait protein that interacts with only the first DNA siteand cells that contain a bait protein that interacts with only thesecond DNA site can be easily separated from each other and from cellscontaining bait proteins that interact with neither DNA site.

[0673] Preliminary results using this embodiment of the two-color flowITS system to select a partially randomized zinc finger, from a libraryof approximate 2×10⁷ members, with a preference between two similar DNAsites are encouraging and a least one selected clone shows astatistically significant differential activation in favor of thedesired site. Two sequential rounds of sorting were required to isolatepositive clones in this experiment. A population of host cellscontaining the library of randomized zinc fingers was sorted to obtaincells with the desired amount of EGFP and RFP expression. This pool ofselected cells was then amplified and the resulting population of cellswas sorted a second time. In our current versions of both the one andtwo color flow ITS, multiple rounds of sorting appear to be necessarywhen sorting for rare clones (<1 positive per 10⁵ negatives) since thereis enough variation in fluorescence among individual, geneticallyidentical cells to allow a small proportion of genetically negativecells (i.e. cells without a bait protein that interacts with the desiredDNA binding site) to have a fluorescent signal that is similar to thesignal of the average genetically positive cell.

EXAMPLE 4

[0674] In addition to selecting proteins that bind to a specific DBS,this bacterial ITS can also be used to select DBS's that interact with aspecific protein. FIG. 9 shows the results for such an in vivo siteselection to select DNA sequences that interact with the P53^(zf)protein. The consensus binding site, as determined by Wolfe et. al., JMB285, p1917-1934 (1999), for the P53^(zf) protein is CXGGACACGTX where Xindicates no clear sequence preference at that position. A library ofEGFP reporter plasmids containing the partially randomized binding siteCGGGANNNNNG was created (where N indicates a mixture of A, G, C, T) andintroduced into host cells containing the α-Gal4 and Gal11p-P53^(zf)fusion proteins. These cells were then grown to saturation at 37° C. inLB media with the appropriate antibiotics and then 100 μl of thisculture was used to inoculate 10 ml of minimal media (as described inexample 3) containing 10 ng/ml aTc and 100 μM IPTG. These cultures werethen incubated for 24 hours at 30° C. on a rotating drum incubator.After incubation, one round of FACS sorting was performed on aCytomation MoFlo multiple laser FACS sorter and individual EGFP positiveclones were selected. Of 20 clones analyzed, 16 were EGFP positive (i.e.expressed at least 2 fold more EGFP than control cells). These 16positive clones contained three unique P53^(Zf) binding sites. The mostabundant of these sites matched the consensus from the in vitro siteselection.

[0675] In order to compare the in vivo interaction between the P53^(zf)protein and each of the three selected sites, reporter plasmidscontaining each of the three selected sites was introduced into hostcells containing either the Gal11p-P₅₃ ^(zf) fusion protein or theGal11P-only control protein (i.e. Gal11P without an attached DBD).Dividing the mean EGFP fluorescence of the Gal11p-P₅₃ ^(zf) containingcells by the mean fluorescence of the otherwise identical Gal11p-onlycells gives the fold-activation for each site reported in the figure.Four clones were also picked at random from the library and all of theseclones had less than two-fold activation.

[0676] Equivalents

[0677] The present invention provides among other things novel methodsand compositions for interaction trap assays. While specific embodimentsof the subject invention have been discussed, the above specification isillustrative and not restrictive. Many variations of the invention willbecome apparent to those skilled in the art upon review of thisspecification. The appended claims are not intended to claim all suchembodiments and variations, and the full scope of the invention shouldbe determined by reference to the claim, along with its full scope ofequivalents, and the specification, along with such variations.

[0678] All publications and patents mentioned herein, including thoseitems listed below, are hereby incorporated by reference in theirentirety as if each individual publication or patent was specificallyand individually indicated to be incorporated by reference. In case ofconflict, the present application, including any definitions herein,will control.

We claim:
 1. A method for selecting an interacting pair of testpolypeptides, comprising: i providing a population of prokaryotic hostcells wherein each host cell contains (a) a first reporter gene operablylinked to a transcriptional regulatory sequence which includes one ormore binding sites (DBD recognition elements) for a DNA-binding domain,(b) a first chimeric gene which encodes a first fusion protein, thefirst fusion protein including a DNA-binding domain and a first testpolypeptide, (c) a second chimeric gene which encodes a second fusionprotein, the second fusion protein including an activation tag andsecond test polypeptide, wherein the first fusion protein is part of alibrary of at least 10⁷ members, the second fusion protein is part of alibrary of at least 10⁷ members, or the first and second fusion proteinsare both members of a library such that at least 10⁷ unique pairs oftest polypeptides could be tested for interaction; wherein interactionof a first fusion protein and a second fusion protein in a host cellresults in a desired level of expression of the reporter gene; whereinthe desired level of expression of the reporter gene confers a growthadvantage on the host cell; and ii isolating host cells with a growthadvantage wherein said cells comprise a first fusion protein and asecond fusion protein which interact thereby selecting an interactingpair of test polypeptides.
 2. The method of claim 1, which furthercomprises the step of identifying nucleic acids which encode testpolypeptides which cause the desired level of expression of the reportergene.
 3. The method of claim 1, wherein selective growth conditions areapplied to the host cells.
 4. The method of claim 1, wherein the desiredlevel of expression of the reporter gene is an increase in the level ofexpression of the reporter gene as compared to the basal expressionlevel of the reporter gene.
 5. The method of claim 1, wherein thetranscriptional regulatory sequence includes at least two binding sitesfor a DNA-binding domain.
 6. The method of claim 1, wherein the reportergene encodes a gene product that gives rise to a detectable signalselected from the group consisting of cell viability, relief of a cellnutritional requirement, cell growth and drug resistance.
 7. The methodof claim 1, wherein the degree of the growth advantage conferred by thedesired level of expression of the reporter gene is controllable byvarying the growth conditions of the host cell.
 8. The method of claim7, wherein the reporter gene is the yeast His3 gene.
 9. The method ofclaim 7, wherein the reporter gene is the yeast His3 gene and the degreeof the growth advantage is controllable by exposing the host cell tovarying concentrations of 3-aminotriazole.
 10. The method of claim 7,wherein the reporter gene is a β-lactamase gene.
 11. The method of claim10, wherein the β-lactamase gene is selected from the group consistingof TEM-1, TEM-2, OXA-1, OXA-2, OXA-3, SHV-1, PSE-1, PSE-2, PSE-3, PSE-4and CTX-1, and functional fragments thereof.
 12. The method of claim 11,wherein the β-lactamase gene is TEM-1.
 13. The method of claim 10,wherein the reporter gene is a β-lactamase gene and the degree of thegrowth advantage is controllable by exposing the host cell to a β-lactamantibiotic.
 14. The method of claim 7, wherein the reporter gene is aβ-lactamase gene and the degree of the growth advantage is controllableby exposing the host cell to a β-lactam antibiotic and varyingconcentrations of a β-lactamase inhibitor.
 15. The method of claim 13,wherein the β-lactam antibiotic is selected from the group consisting ofpenicillins, cephalosporins, monbactams and carbapenems.
 16. The methodof claim 14, wherein the β-lactam antibiotic is selected from the groupconsisting of penicillins, cephalosporins, monbactams and carbapenemsand the β-lactamase inhibitor is selected from the group consisting ofClavulanic acid, sulbactam, tazobactam, brobactam and β-lactamaseinhibitory protein (BLIP).
 17. The method of claim 1, wherein theactivation tag is an RNA polymerase, an RNA polymerase subunit, afunctional fragment of an RNA polymerase, a functional fragment of anRNA polymerase subunit, a molecule covalently fused to RNA polymerase, amolecule covalently fused to an RNA polymerase subunit, a moleculecovalently fused to a functional fragment of RNA polymerase, or amolecule covalently fused to a functional fragment of an RNA polymerasesubunit.
 18. The method of claim 1, wherein the activation tag is apolypeptide, a nucleic acid, or a small molecule, and wherein theactivation tag binds RNA polymerase, an RNA polymerase subunit, afunctional fragment of an RNA polymerase, or a functional fragment of anRNA polymerase subunit.
 19. The method of claim 1, wherein theactivation tag interacts indirectly with RNA polymerase via at least oneintermediary polypeptide, nucleic acid, or small molecule, whichfunctionally links the activation tag to the RNA polymerase.
 20. Themethod of claim 18, wherein the activation tag is a fragment of Gal11P,and wherein the activation tag interacts with a fusion between Gal4 andthe α subunit of RNA polymerase.
 21. The method of claim 1, wherein theprokaryotic host cell further contains a second reporter gene.
 22. Themethod of claim 21, wherein interaction of first fusion protein and asecond fusion protein in a host cell results in a desired level ofexpression of the second reporter gene.
 23. The method of claim 22,wherein the desired level of expression of the second reporter gene isan increase in the level of expression of the reporter gene as comparedto the basal expression level of the reporter gene.
 24. The method ofclaim 22, wherein host cells are isolated that have one reporter genewhose expression level is increased to a greater extent than theincrease in the expression level of the other reporter gene, as comparedto the basal level of expression of the reporter genes.
 25. The methodof claim 21, wherein the first and second reporter genes are operablylinked to the same transcriptional regulatory sequence.
 26. The methodof claim 21, wherein the first and second reporter genes are operablylinked to separate copies of the same transcriptional regulatorysequence.
 27. The method of claim 21, wherein the first and secondreporter genes are operably linked to different transcriptionalregulatory sequences.
 28. The method of claim 21, wherein the secondreporter gene encodes a gene product that gives rise to a detectablesignal selected from the group consisting of color, fluorescence,luminescence, a cell surface tag, cell viability, relief of a cellnutritional requirement, cell growth and drug resistance.
 29. The methodof claim 28, wherein the second reporter gene confers a growth advantageunder selective conditions different from the conditions used for thefirst reporter gene.
 30. The method of claim 29, wherein the host cellscontaining a first and second fusion protein that interact are isolatedby: i selecting a first population of host cells with a desiredexpression level of the first reporter gene followed by selecting asecond population of host cells from the first population of host cellsbased on a desired expression level of the second reporter gene; iiselecting a first population of host cells with a desired expressionlevel of the second reporter gene followed by selecting a secondpopulation of host cells from the first population of host cells basedon a desired expression level of the first reporter gene; or iiiselecting a population of host cells based on simultaneous selection ofdesired expression levels of the first and second reporter genes. 31.The method of claim 28, wherein the second reporter gene is the lacZgene.
 32. The method of claim 28, wherein the second reporter geneencodes a fluorescent protein.
 33. The method of claim 32, wherein thefluorescent protein is selected from the group consisting of greenfluorescent protein (GFP), enhanced green fluorescent protein (EGFP),Renilla Reniformis green fluorescent protein, GFPmut2, GFPuv4, enhancedyellow fluorescent protein (EYFP), enhanced cyan fluorescent protein(ECFP), enhanced blue fluorescent protein (EBFP), citrine and redfluorescent protein from discosoma (dsRED).
 34. The method of claim 28,wherein the second reporter gene encodes a protein which is expressed onthe surface of the host cell.
 35. The method of claim 34, furthercomprising the steps of: iii contacting the host cell with afluorescently labeled antibody specific for the protein encoded by thesecond reporter gene thereby labeling the host cell; and iv isolatingthe cells expressing the second reporter gene using FACS analysis;wherein steps iii and iv may occur before, after, or concurrently withstep ii.
 36. The method of claim 34, further comprising: iii isolatinghost cells expressing the protein encoded by the second reporter geneusing affinity chromatography, wherein isolation of the host cells basedon expression of the second reporter gene may occur before or afterisolation of the host cells based on a desired level of expression ofthe first reporter gene.
 37. The method of claim 36, wherein theaffinity chromatography is carried out using a solid support or magneticparticles.
 38. The method of claim 21, wherein the first reporter geneis selected from the group consisting of the yeast His3 gene and aβ-lactamase gene and the second reporter gene is selected from the groupconsisting of the lacZ gene, a fluorescent protein, a protein which isexpressed on the surface of the host cell and the bacterial aaDA gene.39. The method of claim 1, wherein the first and second fusion proteinsare expressed from the same nucleic acid construct.
 40. The method ofclaim 1, wherein the first and second fusion proteins are expressed fromseparate nucleic acid constructs.
 41. The method of claim 1, wherein theexpression level of the first, second, or first and second fusionproteins can be controlled by varying the growth conditions of the hostcell.
 42. The method of claim 41, wherein the expression level of thefirst and second fusion proteins can be controlled by varying theconcentration of IPTG, anhydrotetracycline, or IPTG andanhydrotetracycline to which the host cell is exposed.
 43. The method ofclaim 42, wherein the first, second, or first and second fusion proteinsare expressed from a promoter comprising a binding site for the lacrepressor or the tet repressor.
 44. The method of claim 41, wherein theexpression level of the first and second fusion protein can beindependently controlled.
 45. The method of claim 1, wherein the firstfusion protein is part of a library of at least 10⁸ members, the secondfusion protein is part of a library of at least 10⁸ members, or thefirst and second fusion proteins are both members of a library such thatat least 10⁸ unique pairs of test polypeptides could be tested forinteraction.
 46. The method of claim 1, wherein the host cell isselected from the group consisting of bacterial strains of Escherichia,Bacillus, Streptomyces, Pseudomonas, Salmonella, Serratia,Streptococcus, Lactobacillus, Enterococcus and shigella.
 47. The methodof claim 1, wherein (a), (b), or (c), or any combination thereof, arecontained within one or more vectors for introduction into the hostcell.
 48. The method of claim 47, wherein the vector is a phagemid andis introduced into the host cell by infection of the host cell withinfectious phage containing the phagemid vector.
 49. A method foridentifying agents which modulate a protein-protein interaction,comprising: i providing a population of prokaryotic host cells whereineach host cell contains (a) a first reporter gene operably linked to atranscriptional regulatory sequence which includes one or more bindingsites (DBD recognition elements) for a DNA-binding domain, (b) a firstchimeric gene which encodes a first fusion protein, the first fusionprotein including a DNA-binding domain and a first test polypeptide, (c)a second chimeric gene which encodes a second fusion protein, the secondfusion protein including an activation tag and second test polypeptide,wherein the prokaryotic host cell is an imp⁻ or gram positive strain ofbacteria; wherein interaction of a first fusion protein and a secondfusion protein in a host cell results in a desired level of expressionof the reporter gene; ii contacting the host cell with at least one testagent; and iii identifying test agents which modulate expression of thereporter gene in a manner also dependent on the expression of the firstand second test polypeptides, thereby identifying agents which modulatea protein-protein interaction.
 50. The method of claim 49, wherein thereporter gene encodes a gene product that gives rise to a detectablesignal selected from the group consisting of color, fluorescence,luminescence, a cell surface tag, cell viability, relief of a cellnutritional requirement, cell growth and drug resistance.
 51. The methodof claim 49, which further comprises comparing the level of expressionof the reporter gene to a level of expression in a control experimentwherein one or both of the test polypeptides are absent or altered so asto preclude interaction of the first and second fusion proteins.
 52. Themethod of claim 49, wherein the test agent is selected from the groupconsisting of peptides, nucleic acids, carbohydrates, natural productextract libraries, and small organic molecules.
 53. The method of claim49, wherein the test agent is part of a library of test agents.
 54. Themethod of claim 53, wherein the library of test agents has at least 10⁷members.
 55. The method of claim 49, wherein test agents are identifiedwhich agonize the protein-protein interaction based on a change in theexpression level of the reporter gene in the presence of the test agent.56. The method of claim 49, wherein test agents are identified whichantagonize the protein-protein interaction based on a change in theexpression level of the reporter gene in the presence of the test agent.57. The method of claim 49, wherein the host cells are grown underconditions which increase the permeability of the cell membrane.
 58. Amethod for selecting a polypeptide which differentially interacts withat least two different test polypeptides, comprising: i providing apopulation of prokaryotic host cells wherein each cell contains (a) afirst reporter gene operably linked to a transcriptional regulatorysequence which includes one or more binding sites (DBD recognitionelements) for a first DNA-binding domain, (b) a second reporter geneoperably linked to a transcriptional regulatory sequence which includesone or more binding sites (DBD recognition elements) for a secondDNA-binding domain, (c) a first chimeric gene which encodes a firstfusion protein, the first fusion protein including a first DNA-bindingdomain and a first test polypeptide, (d) a second chimeric gene whichencodes a second fusion protein, the second fusion protein including asecond DNA-binding domain and a second test polypeptide, (e) a thirdchimeric gene which encodes a third fusion protein, the third fusionprotein including an activation tag and third test polypeptide, whereinthe third fusion protein is part of a library of at least 10⁷ members;wherein interaction of the first fusion protein and the third fusionprotein in the host cell results in a desired level of expression of thefirst reporter gene; wherein interaction of the second fusion proteinand the third fusion protein in the host cell results in a desired levelof expression of the second reporter gene; and ii isolating host cellscomprising a third fusion protein capable of interacting with the firstfusion protein, the second fusion protein, or the first and the secondfusion proteins based on a desired level of expression of the firstreporter gene, the second reporter gene, or the first and secondreporter genes, respectively, thereby selecting a polypeptide whichdifferentially interacts with at least two different test polypeptides.59. The method of claim 58, wherein host cells are isolated whichcomprise a third fusion protein that interacts with both the first andsecond fusion proteins.
 60. The method of claim 58, wherein host cellsare isolated which comprise a third fusion protein that interacts to agreater extent with one of the peptides as compared to the otherpolypeptide.
 61. The method of claim 58, wherein the host cell furthercomprises (e) a third reporter gene operably linked to a transcriptionalregulatory sequence which includes a binding site (DBD recognitionelement) for a third DNA-binding domain, (f) a fourth chimeric genewhich encodes a fourth fusion protein including a third DNA-bindingdomain and a fourth test polypeptide, wherein interaction of the fourthfusion protein and the third fusion protein in the host cell results ina desired level of expression of the third reporter gene; and whereinstep ii further comprises isolating host cells comprising the thirdfusion protein interacting with a fourth fusion protein based on adesired level of expression of the first, second and third reportergenes.
 62. The method of claim 61, wherein the host cell furthercomprises (g) a fourth reporter gene operably linked to atranscriptional regulatory sequence which includes a binding site (DBDrecognition element) for a fourth DNA-binding domain, (h) a fifthchimeric gene which encodes a fifth fusion protein including a fourthDNA-binding domain and a fifth test polypeptide, wherein interaction ofthe fifth fusion protein and the third fusion protein in the host cellresults in a desired level of expression of the fourth reporter gene;and wherein step ii further comprises isolating host cells comprisingthe third fusion protein interacting with a fifth fusion protein basedon a desired level of expression of the first, second, third and fourthreporter genes.
 63. The method of claim 62, wherein the host cellfurther comprises (i) a fifth reporter gene operably linked to atranscriptional regulatory sequence which includes a binding site (DBDrecognition element) for a fifth DNA-binding domain, (j) a sixthchimeric gene which encodes a sixth fusion protein including a fifthDNA-binding domain and a fifth test polypeptide, wherein interaction ofthe sixth fusion protein and the third fusion protein in the host cellresults in a desired level of expression of the fifth reporter gene; andwherein step ii further comprises isolating host cells comprising thethird fusion protein interacting with a sixth fusion protein based on adesired level of expression of the first, second, third, fourth andfifth reporter genes.
 64. The method of any one of claims 58 or 61-63,wherein host cells are isolated (i) which comprise a third fusionprotein that interacts to a desired extent with all of the other fusionproteins; (ii) which comprise a third fusion protein that interacts withone of the polypeptides to a greater extent than it interacts with theother fusion proteins; or (iii) which comprise a third fusion proteinthat interacts to a desired extent with a desired combination of atleast two of the other fusion proteins.
 65. The method of any one ofclaims 58 or 61-63, wherein the desired level of expression of at leastone of the reporter genies is an increase in the level of expression ofthe reporter gene as compared to the basal expression level of thereporter gene.
 66. The method of any one of claims 58 or 61-63, whereinthe reporter genes encode unique detectable proteins which can beanalyzed independently, simultaneously, or independently andsimultaneously.
 67. The method of claim 66, wherein at least one of thereporter genes encodes a fluorescent protein.
 68. The method of claim66, wherein the expression level of at least one of the reporter genesis analyzed by FACS.
 69. The method of any one of claims 58 or 61-63,which further comprises the step of identifying nucleic acids whichencode fusion proteins resulting in a desired level of expression of areporter gene.
 70. A method for selecting a test agent thatdifferentially modulates the interaction of a polypeptide with at leasttwo different test polypeptides, comprising: i providing a population ofprokaryotic host cells wherein each cell contains (a) a first reportergene operably linked to a transcriptional regulatory sequence whichincludes one or more binding sites (DBD recognition elements) for afirst DNA-binding domain, (b) a second reporter gene operably linked toa transcriptional regulatory sequence which includes one or more bindingsites (DBD recognition elements) for a second DNA-binding domain, (c) afirst chimeric gene which encodes a first fusion protein, the firstfusion protein including a first DNA-binding domain and a first testpolypeptide, (d) a second chimeric gene which encodes a second fusionprotein, the second fusion protein including a second DNA-binding domainand a second test polypeptide, (e) a third chimeric gene which encodes athird fusion protein, the third fusion protein including an activationtag and third test polypeptide, wherein the host cell is an imp⁻ or grampositive strain of bacteria; wherein interaction of the first fusionprotein and the third fusion protein in the host cell results in adesired level of expression of the first reporter gene; whereininteraction of the second fusion protein and the third fusion protein inthe host cell results in a desired level of expression of the secondreporter gene; ii contacting the host cell with at least one test agent;and iii identifying test agents which modulate the expression of thefirst, second, or first and second reporter genes in a manner alsodependent on the expression of the first, second and third testpolypeptides, thereby selecting a test agent that differentiallymodulates the interaction of a polypeptide with at least two differenttest polypeptides.
 71. A method for detecting an interaction between atest polypeptide and a DNA sequence, comprising i providing a populationof prokaryotic host cells wherein each cell contains (a) a reporter geneoperably linked to a transcriptional regulatory sequence which includesone or more binding sites (DBD recognition elements) for a DNA-bindingdomain, (b) a chimeric gene which encodes a fusion protein, the fusionprotein including a test polypeptide and an activation tag, wherein theDBD recognition element is part of a library of at least 10⁷ members,the fusion protein is part of a library of at least 10⁷ members, or theDBD recognition element and the fusion protein are both members of alibrary such that at least 10⁷ unique pairs of a DBD recognition elementand a fusion protein could be tested for interaction; whereininteraction between a test polypeptide of a fusion protein and a DBDrecognition element in a host cell results in a desired level ofexpression of the reporter gene; wherein the desired level of expressionof the reporter gene confers a growth advantage on the host cell; and iiisolating host cells with a growth advantage wherein said cells comprisea fusion protein and a DBD recognition element which interact, therebydetecting an interaction between a test polypeptide and a DNA sequence.72. The method of claim 71, further comprising the step of identifyingthe nucleic acid which encodes a test polypeptide that interacts withthe DBD recognition element DNA sequence.
 73. The method of claim 71,wherein the activation tag is an RNA polymerase, an RNA polymerasesubunit, a functional fragment of an RNA polymerase, or a functionalfragment of an RNA polymerase subunit.
 74. The method of claim 71,wherein the activation tag is an RNA polymerase, an RNA polymerasesubunit, a functional fragment of an RNA polymerase, a functionalfragment of an RNA polymerase subunit, a molecule covalently fused toRNA polymerase, a molecule covalently fused to an RNA polymerasesubunit, a molecule covalently fused to a functional fragment of RNApolymerase, or a molecule covalently fused to a functional fragment ofan RNA polymerase subunit.
 75. The method of claim 71, wherein theactivation tag interacts indirectly with RNA polymerase via at least oneintermediary polypeptide, nucleic acid, or small molecule, whichfunctionally links the activation tag to the RNA polymerase.
 76. Themethod of claim 74, wherein the activation tag is a fragment of Gal11P,and wherein the activation tag interacts with a fusion between Gal4 andthe α subunit of RNA polymerase.
 77. The method of claim 71, wherein(a), (b), or (a) and (b), are contained within one or more vectors forintroduction into the host cell.
 78. The method of claim 71, wherein thegrowth advantage is selected from the group consisting of cellviability, relief of a cell nutritional requirement, cell growth anddrug resistance.
 79. The method of claim 71, wherein the degree of thegrowth advantage conferred by the desired level of expression of thereporter gene is controllable by varying the growth conditions of thehost cell.
 80. The method of claim 79, wherein the reporter gene is theyeast His3 gene.
 81. The method of claim 79, wherein the reporter geneis the yeast His3 gene and the degree of the growth advantage iscontrollable by exposing the host cell to varying concentrations of3-aminotriazole.
 82. The method of claim 79, wherein the reporter geneis a β-lactamase gene.
 83. The method of claim 82, wherein theβ-lactamase gene is selected from the group consisting of TEM-1, TEM-2,OXA-1, OXA-2, OXA-3, SHV-1, PSE-1, PSE-2, PSE-3, PSE-4 and CTX-1, andfunctional fragments thereof.
 84. The method of claim 83, wherein theβ-lactamase gene is TEM-1.
 85. The method of claim 82, wherein thereporter gene is a β-lactamase gene and the degree of the growthadvantage is controllable by expo sing the host ell to a β-lactamantibiotic.
 86. The method of claim 79, wherein the reporter gene is aβ-lactamase gene and the degree of the growth advantage is controllableby exposing the host cell to a β-lactam antibiotic and varyingconcentrations of a β-lactamase inhibitor.
 87. The method of claim 85,wherein the β-lactam antibiotic is selected from the group consisting ofpenicillins, cephalosporins, monbactams and carbapenems.
 88. The methodof claim 86, wherein the β-lactam antibiotic is selected from the groupconsisting of penicillins, cephalosporins, monbactams and carbapenemsand the β-lactamase inhibitor is selected from the group consisting ofClavulanic acid, sulbactam, tazobactam, brobactam and β-lactamaseinhibitory protein (BLIP).
 89. The method of claim 71, wherein the DBDrecognition element is a member of a library of at least 10⁷ potentialbinding sites for a DNA binding domain, wherein host cells comprising aDBD recognition element bound by a test polypeptide are isolated. 90.The method of claim 89, wherein the polypeptide is a zinc fingerprotein.
 91. The method of claim 71, wherein the DBD recognition elementis a desired binding site for a DNA binding domain and the testpolypeptide is a member of a library of at least 10⁷ polypeptides,wherein host cells comprising a polypeptide which binds to the DBDrecognition element are isolated.
 92. The method of claim 71, whereinthe DBD recognition element is a desired binding site for a DNA bindingdomain and the test polypeptide is a member of a library of at least 10⁸polypeptides, wherein host cells comprising a polypeptide which binds tothe DBD recognition element are isolated.
 93. The method of claim 91,wherein the polypeptides are zinc finger proteins.
 94. The method ofclaim 71, wherein the DBD recognition element is a member of library ofpotential binding sites for a DNA binding domain and the testpolypeptide is a member of a library of polypeptides, wherein host cellscomprising a polypeptide that binds a DBD recognition element areisolated.
 95. The method of claim 94, wherein the polypeptides are zincfinger proteins.
 96. A polypeptide isolated by the method of any one ofclaims 91, 92 or
 94. 97. The polypeptide of claim 96 which is a zincfinger protein.
 98. A binding site for a DNA binding domain isolated bythe method of any one of claims 89 or
 94. 99. The binding site for a DNAbinding domain of claim 98 which binds a zinc finger protein.
 100. Aninteracting pair of a polypeptide and a binding site for a DNA bindingdomain isolated by the method of claim
 94. 101. The interacting pair ofclaim 100, wherein the polypeptide is a zinc finger protein.
 102. Amethod for identifying agents which modulate an interaction between atest polypeptide and a DNA sequence, comprising i providing a populationof prokaryotic host cells wherein each cell contains (a) a reporter geneoperably linked to a transcriptional regulatory sequence which includesone or more binding sites (DBD recognition elements) for a DNA-bindingdomain, (b) a chimeric gene which encodes a fusion protein, the fusionprotein including a test polypeptide and an activation tag, wherein theprokaryotic host cell is an imp⁻ or gram positive strain of bacteria;wherein interaction between a test polypeptide of a fusion protein and aDBD recognition element in a host cells results in a desired level ofexpression of the reporter gene; ii contacting the host cell with atleast one test agent; and iii identifying agents which modulateexpression of the reporter gene in a manner also dependent on thepresence of a fusion protein and a DBD recognition element.
 103. Themethod of claim 102, wherein the reporter gene encodes a gene productthat gives rise to a detectable signal selected from the groupconsisting of color, fluorescence, luminescence, a cell surface tag,cell viability, relief of a cell nutritional requirement, cell growthand drug resistance.
 104. The method of claim 102, wherein the DBDrecognition element is part of a library of at least 10⁷ members, thefusion protein is part of a library of at least 10⁷ members, or the DBDrecognition element and the fusion protein are both members of a librarysuch that at least 10⁷ unique pairs of a DBD recognition element and afusion protein could be tested for interaction.
 105. The method of claim102, which further comprises comparing the level of expression of thereporter gene to a level of expression in a control experiment whereinone or both of the test polypeptide and the DBD recognition element areabsent or altered so as to preclude interaction of the fusion proteinand the DBD recognition element.
 106. The method of claim 102, whereinthe test agent is selected from the group consisting of peptides,nucleic acids, carbohydrates, natural product extract libraries, andsmall organic molecules.
 107. The method of claim 102, wherein the testagent is part of a library of test agents.
 108. The method of claim 102,wherein test agents are identified which agonize the protein-nucleicacid interaction based on a change in the expression level of thereporter gene in the presence of the test agent.
 109. The method ofclaim 102, wherein test agents are identified which antagonize theprotein-nucleic acid interaction based on a change in the expressionlevel of the reporter gene in the presence of the test agent.
 110. Themethod of claim 102, wherein the host cells are grown under conditionswhich increase the permeability of the cell membrane.
 111. A method forselecting a polypeptide that differentially interacts with at least twodifferent DNA sequences, comprising i providing a population ofprokaryotic host cells each of which contains (a) a first reporter geneoperably linked to a transcriptional regulatory sequence which includesone or more binding sites (DBD recognition elements) for a firstDNA-binding domain, (b) a second reporter gene operably linked to atranscriptional regulatory sequence which includes one or more bindingsite (DBD recognition element) for a second DNA-binding domain, (c) achimeric gene which encodes a fusion protein, the fusion proteinincluding a test polypeptide and an activation tag, wherein the fusionprotein is part of a library of at least 10⁷ members; whereininteraction of a fusion protein with the first DBD recognition elementin the host cells results in a desired level of expression of the firstreporter gene; wherein interaction of a fusion protein with the secondDBD recognition element in the host cells results in a desired level ofexpression of the second reporter gene; and ii isolating host cellscomprising a fusion protein that interacts with the first DBDrecognition element, the second DBD recognition element, or the firstand second DBD recognition elements based on a desired level ofexpression of the first reporter gene, the second reporter gene, or thefirst and second reporter genes, respectively, thereby selecting apolypeptide that differentially interacts with at least two differentDNA sequences.
 112. The method of claim 111, wherein the fusion proteinis assayed for the ability to interact with at least three different DNAsequences each operably linked to different reporter genes.
 113. Themethod of claim 111, wherein the first and second reporter genes areoperably linked to the same transcriptional regulatory sequence. 114.The method of claim 111, wherein the first and second reporter genes areoperably linked to separate copies of the same transcriptionalregulatory sequence.
 115. The method of claim 111, wherein the first andsecond reporter genes are operably linked to different transcriptionalregulatory sequences.
 116. The method of any one of claims 111-115,wherein all of the reporter genes encode different proteins and eachreporter gene may be detected independently, simultaneously, orindependently and simultaneously.
 117. The method of any one of claims111-115, which further comprises the step of isolating the nucleic acidwhich encodes the fusion protein.
 118. The method of any one of claims111-115, wherein host cells are isolated that have one reporter genewhose expression level is increased to a greater extent than theincrease in the expression level of the other reporter genes, ascompared to the basal level of expression of the reporter genes.
 119. Amethod for selecting a test agent that differentially modulates theinteraction of a polypeptide with at least two different DNA sequences,comprising i providing a population of prokaryotic host cells each ofwhich contains (a) a first reporter gene operably linked to atranscriptional regulatory sequence which includes one or more bindingsites (DBD recognition elements) for a first DNA-binding domain, (b) asecond reporter gene operably linked to a transcriptional regulatorysequence which includes one or more binding site (DBD recognitionelement) for a second DNA-binding domain, (c) a chimeric gene whichencodes a fusion protein, the fusion protein including a testpolypeptide and an activation tag, wherein the prokaryotic host cell isan imp⁻ or gram positive strain of bacteria; wherein interaction of afusion protein with the first DBD recognition element in the host cellsresults in a desired level of expression of the first reporter gene;wherein interaction of a fusion protein with the second DBD recognitionelement in the host cells results in a desired level of expression ofthe second reporter gene; ii contacting the host cell with at least onetest agent; and iii identifying test agents which modulate theexpression of the first, second, or first and second reporter genes in amanner also dependent on the presence of the fusion protein and thefirst and second DBD recognition elements, thereby selecting a testagent that differentially modulates the interaction of a polypeptidewith at least two different DNA sequences.
 120. The method of claim 119,wherein the DBD recognition element is part of a library of at least 10⁷members, the fusion protein is part of a library of at least 10⁷members, or the DBD recognition element and the fusion protein are bothmembers of a library such that at least 10⁷ unique pairs of a DBDrecognition element and a fusion protein could be tested forinteraction.
 121. A method for detecting an interaction between a testRNA binding domain polypeptide and an RNA sequence, comprising iproviding a population of prokaryotic host cells wherein each cellcontains (a) a reporter gene operably linked to a transcriptionalregulatory sequence which includes one or more binding sites (DBDrecognition elements) for a DNA-binding domain, (b) a first chimericgene which encodes a fusion protein, the fusion protein including aDNA-binding domain and a first RNA binding domain, (c) a second chimericgene which encodes a fusion protein, the fusion protein including anactivation tag and a second RNA binding domain, (d) a third chimericgene which encodes a hybrid RNA, the hybrid RNA comprising a first RNAsequence that binds one of the first or second RNA binding domains and asecond RNA sequence to be tested for interaction with the RNA-bindingdomain not bound to the first RNA sequence; wherein the RNA-bindingdomain not bound to the first RNA sequence is part of a library of atleast 10⁷ members, the second RNA sequence is part of a library of atleast 10⁷ members, or the RNA-binding domain not bound to the first RNAsequence and the second RNA sequence are both members of a library suchthat at least 10⁷ unique pairs of an RNA-binding domain and an RNAsequence could be tested for interaction; wherein interaction of anRNA-binding domain not bound to the first RNA sequence with the secondRNA sequence in a host cell results in a desired level of expression ofthe reporter gene; and ii isolating host cells comprising an RNA-bindingdomain that interacts with the second RNA sequence based on a desiredlevel of expression of the reporter gene thereby detecting aninteraction between a test RNA binding domain polypeptide and an RNAsequence.
 122. A kit for selecting a polypeptide that interacts with atest polypeptide, comprising: i a first gene construct for encoding afirst fusion protein, which first gene construct comprises: (a)transcriptional and translational elements which direct expression of aprotein in a prokaryotic host cell, (b) a DNA sequence that encodes aDNA binding domain and which is operably linked with the transcriptionaland translational elements of the first gene construct, and (c) one ormore sites for inserting a DNA sequence encoding a first testpolypeptide into the first gene construct in such a manner that thefirst test polypeptide is expressed in-frame as part of a fusion proteincontaining the DNA binding domain; ii a second gene construct forencoding a second fusion protein, which second gene construct comprises:(a) transcriptional and translational elements which direct expressionof a protein in a prokaryotic host cell, (b) a DNA sequence that encodesan activation tag and which is operably linked with the transcriptionaland translational elements of the second gene construct, and (c) one ormore sites for inserting a DNA sequence encoding a second testpolypeptide into the second gene construct in such a manner that thesecond test polypeptide is expressed in-frame as part of a fusionprotein containing the activation tag; and iii a prokaryotic host cellcontaining at least one reporter gene having one or more binding sites(DBD recognition elements) for the DNA binding domain, and wherein adesired level of expression of the reporter gene is obtained uponinteraction of the first and second fusion proteins; and wherein thedesired level of expression of the reporter gene confers a growthadvantage on the host cell.
 123. The kit of claim 122, wherein thereporter gene encodes a gene product that gives rise to a detectablesignal selected from the group consisting of cell viability, relief of acell nutritional requirement, cell growth and drug resistance.
 124. Thekit of claim 122, wherein the degree of the growth advantage conferredby the desired level of expression of the reporter gene is controllableby varying the growth conditions of the host cell.
 125. The kit of claim124, wherein the reporter gene is the yeast His3 gene.
 126. The kit ofclaim 124, wherein the reporter gene is the yeast His3 gene and thedegree of the growth advantage is controllable by exposing the host cellto varying concentrations of 3-aminotriazole.
 127. The kit of claim 124,wherein the reporter gene is a β-lactamase gene.
 128. The kit of claim127, wherein the β-lactamase gene is selected from the group consistingof TEM-1, TEM-2, OXA-1, OXA-2, OXA-3, SHV-1, PSE-1, PSE-2, PSE-3, PSE-4and CTX-1, and functional fragments thereof.
 129. The kit of claim 128,wherein the β-lactamase gene is TEM-1.
 130. The kit of claim 127,wherein the reporter gene is a β-lactamase gene and the degree of thegrowth advantage is controllable by exposing the host cell to a β-lactamantibiotic.
 131. The kit of claim 124, wherein the reporter gene is aβ-lactamase gene and the degree of the growth advantage is controllableby exposing the host cell to a β-lactam antibiotic and varyingconcentrations of a β-lactamase inhibitor.
 132. The kit of claim 130,wherein the β-lactam antibiotic is selected from the group consisting ofpenicillins, cephalosporins, monbactams and carbapenems.
 133. The kit ofclaim 131, wherein the β-lactam antibiotic is selected from the groupconsisting of penicillins, cephalosporins, monbactams and carbapenemsand the β-lactamase inhibitor is selected from the group consisting ofClavulanic acid, sulbactam, tazobactam, brobactam and β-lactamaseinhibitory protein (BLIP).
 134. The kit of claim 122, wherein the firstgene construct, the second gene construct, or the first and second geneconstructs, are contained within a phagemid vector.
 135. A testpolypeptide isolated using the kit of claim
 122. 136. A kit fordetecting an interaction between a test DNA-binding domain polypeptideand a DNA sequence, comprising: i a first gene construct whichcomprises: (a) one or more sites for inserting a DNA sequence comprisinga transcriptional element which includes at least one binding site (DBDrecognition element) for a DNA-binding domain, (b) a translationalelement operably linked to the transcriptional element, and (c) a DNAsequence for a reporter gene which is operably linked with thetranscriptional and translational elements of the first gene construct,and wherein the transcriptional and translational elements directexpression of the reporter gene in a prokaryotic host cell; ii a secondgene construct for encoding a first fusion protein, which second geneconstruct comprises: (a) transcriptional and translational elementswhich direct expression of a protein in a prokaryotic host cell, (b) aDNA sequence that encodes an activation tag and which is operably linkedwith the transcriptional and translational elements of the second geneconstruct, and (c) one or more sites for inserting a DNA sequenceencoding a first test polypeptide into the second gene construct in sucha manner that the first test polypeptide is expressed in-frame as partof a fusion protein containing the activation tag; iii a prokaryotichost cell, and wherein a desired level of expression of the reportergene is obtained upon interaction of a test polypeptide with a DBDrecognition element; and wherein the desired level of expression of thereporter gene confers a growth advantage on the host cell.
 137. The kitof claim 136, wherein the reporter gene encodes a gene product thatgives rise to a detectable signal selected from the group consisting ofcell viability, relief of a cell nutritional requirement, cell growthand drug resistance.
 138. The kit of claim 136, wherein the degree ofthe growth advantage conferred by the desired level of expression of thereporter gene is controllable by varying the growth conditions of thehost cell.
 139. The kit of claim 138, wherein the reporter gene is theyeast His3 gene.
 140. The kit of claim 138, wherein the reporter gene isthe yeast His3 gene and the degree of the growth advantage iscontrollable by exposing the host cell to varying concentrations of3-aminotriazole.
 141. The kit of claim 138, wherein the reporter gene isa β-lactamase gene.
 142. The kit of claim 141, wherein the β-lactamasegene is selected from the group consisting of TEM-1, TEM-2, OXA-1,OXA-2, OXA-3, SHV-1, PSE-1, PSE-2, PSE-3, PSE-4 and CTX-1, andfunctional fragments thereof.
 143. The kit of claim 142, wherein theβ-lactamase gene is TEM-1.
 144. The kit of claim 14 1, wherein thereporter gene is a β-lactamase gene and the degree of the growthadvantage is controllable by exposing the host cell to a β-lactamantibiotic.
 145. The kit of claim 138, wherein the reporter gene is aβ-lactamase gene and the degree of the growth advantage is controllableby exposing the host cell to a β-lactam antibiotic and varyingconcentrations of a β-lactamase inhibitor.
 146. The kit of claim 144,wherein the β-lactam antibiotic is selected from the group consisting ofpenicillins, cephalosporins, monbactams and carbapenems.
 147. The kit ofclaim 145, wherein the β-lactam antibiotic is selected from the groupconsisting of penicillins, cephalosporins, monbactams and carbapenemsand the β-lactamase inhibitor is selected from the group consisting ofClavulanic acid, sulbactam, tazobactam, brobactam and β-lactamaseinhibitory protein (BLIP).
 148. The kit of claim 136, wherein the firstgene construct, the second gene construct, or the first and second geneconstructs, are contained within a phagemid vector.
 149. The kit ofclaim 136, wherein the activation tag is an RNA polymerase, an RNApolymerase subunit, a functional fragment of an RNA polymerase, or afunctional fragment of an RNA polymerase subunit.
 150. The kit of claim136, wherein the activation tag is an RNA polymerase, an RNA polymerasesubunit, a functional fragment of an RNA polymerase, a functionalfragment of an RNA polymerase subunit, a molecule covalently fused toRNA polymerase, a molecule covalently fused to an RNA polymerasesubunit, a molecule covalently fused to a functional fragment of RNApolymerase, or a molecule covalently fused to a functional fragment ofan RNA polymerase subunit.
 151. The kit of claim 136, wherein theactivation tag interacts indirectly with RNA polymerase via at least oneintermediary polypeptide, nucleic acid, or small molecule, whichfunctionally links the activation tag to the RNA polymerase.
 152. Thekit of claim 136, wherein the activation tag is a fragment of Gal11P,and wherein the activation tag interacts with a fusion between Gal4 andthe α subunit of RNA polymerase.
 153. The kit of claim 136, wherein thedesired level of expression of the reporter gene confers a growthadvantage to the host cells.
 154. A test DNA-binding domain polypeptideisolated using the kit of claim
 136. 155. The DNA-binding domainpolypeptide of claim 154, which is a zinc finger protein.
 156. A bindingsite for a DNA binding domain isolated using the kit of claim
 136. 157.The binding site for a DNA binding domain of claim 156 that binds a zincfinger protein.
 158. An interacting pair of a polypeptide and a bindingsite for a DNA binding domain isolated using the kit of claim
 136. 159.The interacting pair of claim 158, wherein the polypeptide is a zincfinger protein.
 160. A method for detecting an interaction between afirst test polypeptide and a second test polypeptide, comprising: iproviding a population of host cells wherein each cell contains (a) areporter gene operably linked to a transcriptional regulatory sequencewhich includes one or more binding sites (DBD recognition elements) fora DNA-binding domain, (b) a first chimeric gene which encodes a firstfusion protein, the first fusion protein including a DNA-binding domainand a first test polypeptide, (c) a second chimeric gene which encodes asecond fusion protein, the second fusion protein including an activationtag and second test polypeptide, wherein expression of the reporter generesults in signal detectable by FACS; wherein interaction of the firstfusion protein and second fusion protein in the host cell results in adesired level of expression of the reporter gene; and ii isolating hostcells comprising an interacting pair of fusion proteins based on adesired level of expression of the reporter gene using FACS therebydetecting an interaction between a first test polypeptide and a secondtest polypeptide.
 161. The method of claim 160, which further comprisesthe step of isolating the nucleic acid which encodes the testpolypeptides.
 162. The method of claim 160, wherein the first, second,or first and second fusion proteins are members of a library.
 163. Themethod of claim 162, wherein the first fusion protein is part of alibrary of at least 10⁷ members, the second fusion protein is part of alibrary of at least 10⁷ members, or the first and second fusion proteinsare both members of a library such that at least 10⁷ unique pairs oftest polypeptides could be tested for interaction.
 164. The method ofclaim 160, wherein the host cell is a eukaryotic cell.
 165. The methodof claim 164, wherein the host cell is a yeast cell.
 166. The method ofclaim 160, wherein the host cell is a prokaryotic cell.
 167. The methodof claim 166, wherein the host cell is selected from the groupconsisting of bacterial strains of Escherichia, Bacillus, Streptomyces,Pseudomonas, Salmonella, Serratia, Streptococcus, Lactobacillus,Enterococcus and shigella.
 168. The method of claim 160, wherein thedesired level of expression of the reporter gene is an increase in thelevel of expression of the reporter gene as compared to the basalexpression level of the reporter gene.
 169. The method of claim 160,wherein the transcriptional regulatory sequence includes at least twobinding sites for a DNA-binding domain.
 170. The method of claim 160,wherein the transcriptional regulatory sequence includes at least threebinding sites for a DNA-binding domain.
 171. The method of claim 160,wherein the reporter gene encodes a protein product which gives rise toa detectable signal selected from the group consisting of fluorescence,luminescence and a cell surface tag.
 172. The method of claim 171,wherein the reporter gene encodes a fluorescent protein selected fromthe group consisting of green fluorescent protein (GFP), enhanced greenfluorescent protein (EGFP), Renilla Reniformis green fluorescentprotein, GFPmut2, GFPuv4, enhanced yellow fluorescent protein (EYFP),enhanced cyan fluorescent protein (ECFP), enhanced blue fluorescentprotein (EBFP), citrine and red fluorescent protein from discosoma(dsRED).
 173. The method of claim 171, wherein the reporter gene encodesa cell surface tag and the method further comprises the step ofcontacting the host cell with a fluorescently labeled antibody specificfor the cell surface tag, thereby labeling the host cell, beforeisolation of host cells by FACS.
 174. The method of claim 160, whereinthe host cell further contains a second reporter gene.
 175. The methodof claim 174, wherein interaction of first fusion protein and a secondfusion protein in a host cell results in a desired level of expressionof the second reporter gene.
 176. The method of claim 175, wherein thedesired level of expression of the second reporter gene is an increasein the level of expression of the reporter gene as compared to the basalexpression level of the reporter gene.
 177. The method of claim 175,wherein the desired level of expression of the first reporter gene is anincrease in the expression level of the first reporter gene as comparedto the basal expression level of the first reporter gene, and thedesired level of expression of the second reporter gene is a smallerincrease in the expression level of the second reporter gene as comparedto the basal expression level of the second reporter gene relative tothe increase in expression of the first reporter gene.
 178. The methodof claim 174, wherein the first and second reporter genes are operablylinked to the same transcriptional regulatory sequence.
 179. The methodof claim 174, wherein the first and second reporter genes are operablylinked to separate copies of the same transcriptional regulatorysequence.
 180. The method of claim 174, wherein the first and secondreporter genes are operably linked to separate copies of differenttranscriptional regulatory sequences.
 181. The method of claim 174,wherein the second reporter gene encodes a protein product which givesrise to a detectable signal selected from the group consisting offluorescence, luminescence and a cell surface tag.
 182. The method ofclaim 181, wherein the second reporter gene encodes a fluorescentprotein selected from the group consisting of green fluorescent protein(GFP), enhanced green fluorescent protein (EGFP), Renilla Reniformisgreen fluorescent protein, GFPmut2, GFPuv4, enhanced yellow fluorescentprotein (EYFP), enhanced cyan fluorescent protein (ECFP), enhanced bluefluorescent protein (EBFP), citrine and red fluorescent protein fromdiscosoma (dsRED).
 183. The method of claim 181, wherein the secondreporter gene encodes a cell surface tag and the method furthercomprises the step of contacting the host cell with a fluorescentlylabeled antibody specific for the cell surface tag, thereby labeling thehost cell, before isolation of host cells by FACS.
 184. The method ofclaim 174, wherein the first and second reporter genes encode proteinswhich can be analyzed independently, simultaneously, or independentlyand simultaneously
 185. The method of claim 160, wherein the first andsecond fusion proteins are expressed from the same nucleic acidconstruct.
 186. The method of claim 160, wherein the first and secondfusion proteins are expressed from separate nucleic acid constructs.187. The method of claim 160, wherein the expression level of the first,second, or first and second fusion proteins can be controlled by varyingthe growth conditions of the host cell.
 188. The method of claim 187,wherein the expression level of the first and second fusion proteins canbe controlled by varying the concentration of IPTG, anhydrotetracycline,or IPTG and anhydrotetracycline to which the host cell is exposed. 189.The method of claim 188, wherein the first, second, or first and secondfusion proteins are expressed from a promoter comprising a binding sitefor the lac repressor or the tet repressor.
 190. The method of claim187, wherein the expression level of the first and second fusionproteins can be independently controlled.
 191. A method for selecting apolypeptide that differentially interacts with at least two differenttest polypeptides, comprising: i providing a population of host cellswherein each cell contains (a) a first reporter gene operably linked toa transcriptional regulatory sequence which includes one or more bindingsites (DBD recognition elements) for a first DNA-binding domain, (b) asecond reporter gene operably linked to a transcriptional regulatorysequence which includes one or more binding sites (DBD recognitionelements) for a second DNA-binding domain, (c) a first chimeric genewhich encodes a first fusion protein, the first fusion protein includinga first DNA-binding domain and a first test polypeptide, (d) a secondchimeric gene which encodes a second fusion protein, the second fusionprotein including a second DNA-binding domain and a second testpolypeptide, (e) a third chimeric gene which encodes a third fusionprotein, the third fusion protein including an activation tag and thirdtest polypeptide, wherein expression of the first and second reportergenes results in a signal detectable by FACS; wherein interaction of thefirst fusion protein and the third fusion protein in the host cellresults in a desired level of expression of the first reporter gene;wherein interaction of the second fusion protein and the third fusionprotein in the host cell results in a desired level of expression of thesecond reporter gene; and ii isolating host cells comprising a thirdfusion protein capable of interacting with the first fusion protein, thesecond fusion protein, or the first and the second fusion proteins basedon a desired level of expression of the first reporter gene, the secondreporter gene, or the first and second reporter genes, respectively,using FACS, thereby selecting a polypeptide that differentiallyinteracts with at least two different test polypeptides.
 192. The methodof claim 191, wherein host cells are isolated which comprise a thirdfusion protein that interacts with both the first and second fusionproteins.
 193. The method of claim 191, wherein host cells are isolatedwhich comprise a third fusion protein that interacts with only one ofthe first or second fusion proteins.
 194. The method of claim 191,wherein the host cell further comprises (e) a third reporter geneoperably linked to a transcriptional regulatory sequence which includesa binding site (DBD recognition element) for a third DNA-binding domain,(f) a fourth chimeric gene which encodes a fourth fusion proteinincluding a third DNA-binding domain and a fourth test polypeptide,wherein expression of the third reporter gene results in a signaldetectable by FACS; wherein interaction of the fourth fusion protein andthe third fusion protein in the host cell results in a desired level ofexpression of the third reporter gene; and wherein step ii furthercomprises isolating host cells comprising the third fusion proteininteracting with a fourth fusion protein based on a desired level ofexpression of the first, second and third reporter genes using FACS.195. The method of claim 194, wherein the host cell further comprises(g) a fourth reporter gene operably linked to a transcriptionalregulatory sequence which includes a binding site (DBD recognitionelement) for a fourth DNA-binding domain, (h) a fifth chimeric genewhich encodes a fifth fusion protein including a fourth DNA-bindingdomain and a fifth test polypeptide, wherein expression of the fourthreporter gene results in a signal detectable by FACS; whereininteraction of the fifth fusion protein and the third fusion protein inthe host cell results in a desired level of expression of the fourthreporter gene; and wherein step ii further comprises isolating hostcells comprising the third fusion protein interacting with a fifthfusion protein based on a desired level of expression of the first,second, third and fourth reporter genes using FACS.
 196. The method ofclaim 195, wherein the host cell further comprises (i) a fifth reportergene operably linked to a transcriptional regulatory sequence whichincludes a binding site (DBD recognition element) for a fifthDNA-binding domain, (j) a sixth chimeric gene which encodes a sixthfusion protein including a fifth DNA-binding domain and a fifth testpolypeptide, wherein expression of the fifth reporter gene results in asignal detectable by FACS; wherein interaction of the sixth fusionprotein and the third fusion protein in the host cell results in adesired level of expression of the fifth reporter gene; and wherein stepii further comprises isolating host cells comprising the third fusionprotein interacting with a sixth fusion protein based on a desired levelof expression of the first, second, third, fourth and fifth reportergenes using FACS.
 197. The method of any one of claims 191 or 194-196,wherein host cells are isolated which comprise a third fusion proteinthat interacts to a desired extent with all of the other fusionproteins.
 198. The method of any one of claims 191 or 194-196, whereinhost cells are isolated which comprise a third fusion protein thatinteracts with one of the fusions proteins to a greater extent than itinteracts with the other fusion proteins.
 199. The method of any one ofclaims 191 or 194-196, wherein host cells are isolated which comprise athird fusion protein that interacts to a desired extent with a desiredcombination of at least two of the other fusion proteins.
 200. Themethod of any one of claims 191 or 194-196, which further comprises thestep of identifying nucleic acids which encode fusion proteins resultingin a desired level of expression of a reporter gene.
 201. The method ofclaim 191, wherein the host cell is a eukaryotic cell.
 202. The methodof claim 201, wherein the host cell is a yeast cell.
 203. The method ofclaim 191, wherein the host cell is a prokaryotic cell.
 204. The methodof claim 203, wherein the host cell is selected from the groupconsisting of bacterial strains of Escherichia, Bacillus, Streptomyces,Pseudomonas, Salmonella, Serratia, Streptococcus, Lactobacillus,Enterococcus and Shigella.
 205. A method for detecting an interactionbetween a test polypeptide and a DNA sequence, comprising i providing apopulation of host cells wherein each cell contains (a) a reporter geneoperably linked to a transcriptional regulatory sequence which includesone or more binding sites (DBD recognition elements) for a DNA-bindingdomain, (b) a chimeric gene which encodes a fusion protein, the fusionprotein including a test polypeptide and an activation tag, whereinexpression of the reporter gene results in signal detectable by FACS;wherein interaction between a test polypeptide of a fusion protein and aDBD recognition element in a host cells results in a desired level ofexpression of the reporter gene; and ii isolating host cells comprisinga fusion protein that interacts with a DBD recognition element based ona desired level of expression of the reporter gene using FACS therebydetecting an interaction between the test polypeptide and the DBDrecognition element DNA sequence.
 206. The method of claim 205, whereinthe activation tag is an RNA polymerase, an RNA polymerase subunit, afunctional fragment of an RNA polymerase, or a functional fragment of anRNA polymerase subunit.
 207. The method of claim 205, wherein theactivation tag is an RNA polymerase, an RNA polymerase subunit, afunctional fragment of an RNA polymerase, a functional fragment of anRNA polymerase subunit, a molecule covalently fused to RNA polymerase, amolecule covalently fused to an RNA polymerase subunit, a moleculecovalently fused to a functional fragment of RNA polymerase, or amolecule covalently fused to a functional fragment of an RNA polymerasesubunit.
 208. The method of claim 205, wherein the activation taginteracts indirectly with RNA polymerase via at least one intermediarypolypeptide, nucleic acid, or small molecule, which functionally linksthe activation tag to the RNA polymerase.
 209. The method of claim 207,wherein the activation tag is a fragment of Gal11P, and wherein theactivation tag interacts with a fusion between Gal4 and the α subunit ofRNA polymerase.
 210. The method of claim 205, which further comprisesthe step of isolating the nucleic acid which encodes the testpolypeptides.
 211. The method of claim 205, wherein DBD recognitionelement, the fusion protein, or the DBD recognition element and thefusion protein are members of a library.
 212. The method of claim 211,wherein the DBD recognition element is part of a library of at least 10⁷members, the fusion protein is part of a library of at least 10⁷members, or the DBD recognition element and the fusion protein are bothmembers of a library such that at least 10⁷ unique pairs of a DBDrecognition element and a fusion protein could be tested forinteraction.
 213. The method of claim 211, wherein the DBD recognitionelement is part of a library of at least 10⁸ members, the fusion proteinis part of a library of at least 10⁸ members, or the DBD recognitionelement and the fusion protein are both members of a library such thatat least 10⁸ unique pairs of a DBD recognition element and a fusionprotein could be tested for interaction.
 214. The method of claim 205,wherein the host cell is a eukaryotic cell.
 215. The method of claim214, wherein the host cell is a yeast cell.
 216. The method of claim205, wherein the host cell is a prokaryotic cell.
 217. The method ofclaim 216, wherein the host cell is selected from the group consistingof bacterial strains of Escherichia, Bacillus, Streptomyces,Pseudomonas, Salmonella, Serratia, Streptococcus, Lactobacillus,Enterococcus and shigella.
 218. The method of claim 205, wherein thehost cells comprising a fusion protein that interacts with a DBDrecognition element are isolated based on measuring a detectable signalconferred by a desired expression level of the reporter gene.
 219. Themethod of claim 218, wherein the detectable signal is selected from thegroup consisting of color, fluorescence, luminescence and a cell surfacetag.
 220. The method of claim 205, wherein the DBD recognition elementis a member of a library of binding sites for a DNA binding domain andhost cells comprising a DBD recognition element bound by the polypeptideare isolated.
 221. The method of claim 220, wherein the polypeptide is azinc finger protein.
 222. The method of claim 205, wherein the DBDrecognition element is a desired binding site for a DNA binding domainand the test polypeptide is a member of a library and host cellscomprising a polypeptide which binds to the DBD recognition element areisolated.
 223. The method of claim 222, wherein the polypeptides arezinc finger proteins.
 224. The method of claim 205, wherein the DBDrecognition element is a member of library of potential binding sitesfor a DNA binding domain and the test polypeptide is a member of alibrary of polypeptides and host cells comprising a polypeptide thatbinds a DBD recognition element are isolated.
 225. The method of claim224, wherein the polypeptides are zinc finger proteins.
 226. Apolypeptide isolated by the method of any one of claims 205, 212, 213,222 or
 224. 227. The polypeptide of claim 226 which is a zinc fingerprotein.
 228. A binding site for a DNA binding domain isolated by themethod of any one of claims 205, 212, 213, 220 or
 224. 229. The bindingsite for a DNA binding domain of claim 228 which binds a zinc fingerprotein.
 230. An interacting pair of a polypeptide and a binding sitefor a DNA binding domain isolated by the method of any one of claims205, 212, 213, 220, 222 or
 224. 231. The interacting pair of claim 230,wherein the polypeptide is a zinc finger protein.
 232. A method forselecting a polypeptide that differentially interacts with at least twodifferent DNA sequences, comprising i providing a population of hostcells each of which contains (a) a first reporter gene operably linkedto a transcriptional regulatory sequence which includes one or morebinding sites (DBD recognition elements) for a first DNA-binding domain,(b) a second reporter gene operably linked to a transcriptionalregulatory sequence which includes one or more binding site (DBDrecognition element) for a second DNA-binding domain, (c) a chimericgene which encodes a fusion protein, the fusion protein including a testpolypeptide and an activation tag, wherein expression of the first andsecond reporter genes results in a signal detectable by FACS; whereininteraction of a fusion protein with the first DBD recognition elementin the host cells results in a desired level of expression of the firstreporter gene; wherein interaction of a fusion protein with the secondDBD recognition element in the host cells results in a desired level ofexpression of the second reporter gene; and ii isolating host cellscomprising a fusion protein that interacts with the first DBDrecognition element, the second DBD recognition element, or the firstand second DBD recognition elements based on a desired level ofexpression of the first reporter gene, the second reporter gene, or thefirst and second reporter genes, respectively, using FACS, therebyselecting a polypeptide that differentially interacts with at least twodifferent DNA sequences.
 233. The method of claim 232, wherein fusionproteins are selected that interact to a desired extent with at leastthree different DNA sequences operably linked to reporter genes. 234.The method of claim 233, wherein fusion proteins are selected thatinteract to a desired extent with at least four different DNA sequencesoperably linked to reporter genes.
 235. The method of claim 232, whichfurther comprises the step of isolating the nucleic acid which encodesthe fusion protein.
 236. The method of claim 232, wherein each reportergene may be detected independently, simultaneously, or independently andsimultaneously.
 237. The method of claim 232, wherein the desired levelof expression of at least one of the reporter genes is an increase inreporter gene expression as compared to the basal expression level ofthe reporter gene.
 238. The method of claim 232, wherein host cells areisolated which have one reporter gene whose level of expression isincreased to a greater extent than the increase in the level ofexpression of the other reporter genes, relative to the basal expressionlevel of the reporter genes.
 239. The method of claim 232, which furthercomprises the step of isolating the nucleic acid which encodes the testpolypeptides.
 240. The method of claim 232, wherein the host cell is aeukaryotic cell.
 241. The method of claim 240, wherein the host cell isa yeast cell.
 242. The method of claim 232, wherein the host cell is aprokaryotic cell.
 243. The method of claim 242, wherein the host cell isselected from the group consisting of bacterial strains of Escherichia,Bacillus, Streptomyces, Pseudomonas, Salmonella, Serratia,Streptococcus, Lactobacillus, Enterococcus and shigella.
 244. A methodfor detecting an interaction between a test RNA binding domainpolypeptide and an RNA sequence, comprising i providing a population ofhost cells wherein each cell contains (a) a reporter gene operablylinked to a transcriptional regulatory sequence which includes one ormore binding sites (DBD recognition elements) for a DNA-binding domain,(b) a first chimeric gene which encodes a fusion protein, the fusionprotein including a DNA-binding domain and a first RNA binding domain,(c) a second chimeric gene which encodes a fusion protein, the fusionprotein including an activation tag and a second RNA binding domain, (d)a third chimeric gene which encodes a hybrid RNA, the hybrid RNAcomprising a first RNA sequence that binds one of the first or secondRNA binding domains and a second RNA sequence to be tested forinteraction with the RNA-binding domain not bound to the first RNAsequence; wherein the expression of the reporter gene produces a signaldetectable by FACS; wherein interaction of an RNA-binding domain notbound to the first RNA sequence with the second RNA sequence in a hostcell results in a desired level of expression of the reporter gene; andii isolating host cells comprising an RNA-binding domain that interactswith the second RNA sequence based on a desired level of expression ofthe reporter gene thereby detecting an interaction between a test RNAbinding domain polypeptide and an RNA sequence using FACS.
 245. Themethod of claim 244, which further comprises the step of isolating thenucleic acid which encodes the test RNA-binding domain polypeptide orthe nucleic acid which encodes the portion of the RNA sequence bound bythe test RNA-binding domain polypeptide.
 246. The method of claim 244,wherein the host cell is a eukaryotic cell.
 247. The method of claim246, wherein the host cell is a yeast cell.
 248. The method of claim244, wherein the host cell is a prokaryotic cell.
 249. The method ofclaim 248, wherein the host cell is selected from the group consistingof bacterial strains of Escherichia, Bacillus, Streptomyces,Pseudomonas, Salmonella, Serratia, Streptococcus, Lactobacillus,Enterococcus and shigella.
 250. A kit for selecting a polypeptide thatinteracts with a test polypeptide, comprising: i a first gene constructfor encoding a first fusion protein, which first gene constructcomprises: (a) transcriptional and translational elements which directexpression of a protein in a host cell, (b) a DNA sequence that encodesa DNA binding domain and which is operably linked with thetranscriptional and translational elements of the first gene construct,and (c) one or more sites for inserting a DNA sequence encoding a firsttest polypeptide into the first gene construct in such a manner that thefirst test polypeptide is expressed in-frame as part of a fusion proteincontaining the DNA binding domain; ii a second gene construct forencoding a second fusion protein, which second gene construct comprises:(a) transcriptional and translational elements which direct expressionof a protein in a host cell, (b) a DNA sequence that encodes anactivation tag and which is operably linked with the transcriptional andtranslational elements of the second gene construct, and (c) one or moresites for inserting a DNA sequence encoding a second test polypeptideinto the second gene construct in such a manner that the second testpolypeptide is expressed in-frame as part of a fusion protein containingthe activation tag; iii a host cell containing at least one reportergene having one or more binding sites (DBD recognition elements) for theDNA binding domain; wherein expression of the reporter gene produces asignal detectable by FACS; and wherein a desired level of expression ofthe reporter gene is obtained upon interaction of the first and secondfusion proteins and can by analyzed using FACS.
 251. The kit of claim250, wherein the host cell is a eukaryotic cell.
 252. The kit of claim251, wherein the host cell is a yeast cell.
 253. The kit of claim 250,wherein the host cell is a prokaryotic cell.
 254. The kit of claim 253,wherein the host cell is selected from the group consisting of bacterialstrains of Escherichia, Bacillus, Streptomyces, Pseudomonas, Salmonella,Serratia, Streptococcus, Lactobacillus, Enterococcus and shigella. 255.The kit of claim 250, wherein the first, second, or first and secondfusion proteins are a member of a library.
 256. A test polypeptideisolated using the kit of claim
 250. 257. A kit for detecting aninteraction between a test DNA-binding domain polypeptide and a DNAsequence, comprising: i a first gene construct which comprises: +P2 (a)one or more sites for inserting a DNA sequence comprising atranscriptional element which includes at least one binding site (DBDrecognition element) for a DNA-binding domain, (b) a translationalelement operably linked to the transcriptional element, and (c) a DNAsequence for at least one reporter gene which is operably linked withthe transcriptional and translational elements of the first geneconstruct, and wherein the transcriptional and translational elementsdirect expression of the reporter gene in a host cell; ii a second geneconstruct for encoding a first fusion protein, which second geneconstruct comprises: (a) transcriptional and translational elementswhich direct expression of a protein in a host cell, (b) a DNA sequencethat encodes an activation tag and which is operably linked with thetranscriptional and translational elements of the second gene construct,and (c) one or more sites for inserting a DNA sequence encoding a firsttest polypeptide into the second gene construct in such a manner thatthe first test polypeptide is expressed in-frame as part of a fusionprotein containing the activation tag; iii a host cell; whereinexpression of the reporter gene produces a signal detectable by FACS;and wherein a desired level of expression of the reporter gene isobtained upon interaction of a test polypeptide with a DBD recognitionelement and can by analyzed by FACS.
 258. The kit of claim 257, whereinthe activation tag is an RNA polymerase, an RNA polymerase subunit, afunctional fragment of an RNA polymerase, or a functional fragment of anRNA polymerase subunit.
 259. The kit of claim 257, wherein theactivation tag is an RNA polymerase, an RNA polymerase subunit, afunctional fragment of an RNA polymerase, a functional fragment of anRNA polymerase subunit, a molecule covalently fused to RNA polymerase, amolecule covalently fused to an RNA polymerase subunit, a moleculecovalently fused to a functional fragment of RNA polymerase, or amolecule covalently fused to a functional fragment of an RNA polymerasesubunit.
 260. The kit of claim 257, wherein the activation tag interactsindirectly with RNA polymerase via at least one intermediarypolypeptide, nucleic acid, or small molecule, which functionally linksthe activation tag to the RNA polymerase.
 261. The kit of claim 259,wherein the activation tag is a fragment of Gal11P, and wherein theactivation tag interacts with a fusion between Gal4 and the cc subunitof RNA polymerase.
 262. The kit of claim 257, wherein the host cell is aeukaryotic cell.
 263. The kit of claim 262, wherein the host cell is ayeast cell.
 264. The kit of claim 257, wherein the host cell is aprokaryotic cell.
 265. The kit of claim 264, wherein the host cell isselected from the group consisting of bacterial strains of Escherichia,Bacillus, Streptomyces, Pseudomonas, Salmonella, Serratia,Streptococcus, Lactobacillus, Enterococcus and shigella.
 266. The kit ofclaim 264, wherein the first, second, or first and second fusionproteins are a member of a library.
 267. A test DNA-binding domainpolypeptide isolated using the kit of claim
 257. 268. The DNA-bindingdomain polypeptide of claim 267, which is a zinc finger protein.
 269. Abinding site for a DNA binding domain isolated using the kit of claim257.
 270. The binding site for a DNA binding domain of claim 269 thatbinds a zinc finger protein.
 271. An interacting pair of a polypeptideand a binding site for a DNA binding domain isolated using the kit ofclaim
 257. 272. The interacting pair of claim 271, wherein thepolypeptide is a zinc finger protein.